Power Your Platform: Recent Episodes
Kerry Ramsay, Story Coach
Welcome to Power Your Platform, the podcast for women who are building bold story brands! Each week, we’ll explore big ideas about story building and shine a spotlight on courageous women just like YOU who are making bold moves and changing the world.
Whether you’re a Story Starter, a Story Builder or a Story Pro, this podcast is for you.
I'll help you move your mindset from uncertain to unstoppable and provide you with the storytelling tools you need to make a real impact.
Because we all have a story to tell -- and it's time to share yours. So let's turn up the volume!
In today’s episode, we’re talking about the 3 Gifts Storytellers give us.
The first gift storytellers offer the world is the gift ofconnection. I’ve said this many times before, but stories are the bridges that connect us to each other. When we hear a story, scientific research shows that our brain waves actually start to synchronize with those of the storyteller.
Not only do stories connect our brains, but they also shows us we’re not alone. When someone shares a storythat we can relate to, our reaction is often, “Hey, me too!” And that reaction of seeing ourselves in someone else’s story creates empathy and understanding as well as an undeniable connection to another human being.
The second gift storytellers give us is related to the first –it’s the gift of community. So often, we walk through life believing we are the only person who has ever experienced a particular emotion or setback or defeat – when in fact, there are thousands if not millions of others who are walking a similar journey. When we share our story, we draw others to us, and that often results in the creation of a common bond or community.
The third gift storytellers give us is the gift of a more diverseand inclusive worldview. Imagine if all our stories were the same. How incredibly boring would that be? Instead, we have all followed different paths and experienced different moments during our lifetimes. We have encountereddifferent humans and had different reactions to a wide range of events.
By sharing these stories with others, we contribute to the richness of the story fabric in our own communities and around the world.
When we intentionally seek out a variety of stories and recognize that one person’s story does not represent an entire culture’s story, then we can better appreciate the individuality and uniqueness of the humans who surround us every day.
Not only have these diverse voices taught me new ways of solving problems or thinking about global issues, but they’ve also made me realize my own position of privilege inthe world. And it also reminds me of my responsibility to leave this world a bit better than I found it.
Thanks so much for listening in today! On behalf ofmyself and my family, I hope you have a beautiful Christmas season.
Until next time, remember to own your story, followyour purpose and raise your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear your story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Every brand has its own story scent – and this story scentcaptures what that brand stands for, how it connects with its audience and the impression that lingers long after the first encounter or sales transaction has ended.
In essence a brand’s story scent helps prospective and existing customers catch a whiff of what your brand is all about – and helps them decide whether your product, program or service is something that’s worth pursuing.
There are three layers to every scent: the head note, the heart note and the base note. This 3-layered scent approach is how we’re going to examine the essence of your brand’s personality today.
Just like in the perfume industry, the 3 layers of the storyscent play off of each other, but also come together to create a lingering and memorable experience.
Head notes are like first impressions, so they’re reallyimportant. Question: what is the scent our brand is giving off within the first few minutes its initial encounter with a new customer?
Heart notes are the second layer of your story scent. Think of the heart note as your purpose-driven mission and vision. At the core of your brand is your authentic, emotional connection with your audience. After all, it’s so important that we connect our audience with the purpose of what we do. When people understand not just WHAT we do, but WHY we do it, we create a more memorable impression. In other words, we stand out from the crowd.
The third and last layer of your story scent is the base note. For the purposes of our story scent today, I want you to think of your base note as the values-based foundation of your business. What are the core values that act as a basis for everything you do and how you do it? What’s the foundation of your brand? What is the base note that lasts long after the head note and the heart notes have faded away?
When we create a story scent that integrates a balance of allthree notes, we’re able to create a long-lasting impact that adds value to the world and makes us exited to get up in the morning.
As one fragrance industry expert once said, “Perfume ispersonal magic. It is a first impression and a lasting recollection.”
So what’s that smell again? When we take into account all that we’ve talked about today, it sure smells like success to me!
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Today I want to uncover the power that comes when we explore our 5 story senses.
Because our personal and professional stories are far from one-dimensional – in fact, they are RIPE with juicy details we can hear, see, taste, touch and smell. And when we use all 5 of our senses to communicate our stories, we oftenget much better results.
I also want to invite you to join me for a 5-Day Story Senses Challenge inside our free Power Your Platform Facebook group. That’s where our online community of women speakers, leaders and entrepreneurs will be challenged to apply each of the concepts we’re talking about today to their own brand or business.
If you’d like to join us, simply click on the link below to join our free Power Your Platform Facebook Community today. We hope to see you there!
To recap today’s episode, here are the reasons why using our 5 senses in brand storytelling just makes sense:
-
It creates a complete picture of our brand by engaging our sense of sight, sound, smell, touch and taste.
-
It has the power to create a long-lasting, emotional connection with our audience.
-
It paves the way to build new collaborations and partnerships with other brands.
-
It helps us break outside our traditional ways of storytelling in order to reimagine our brand in an entirely new way.
-
It ignites the imagination of our customers and allows them to think of us in new ways as well.
Thanks so much for listening in to today’s podcast episode on Exploring our 5 Story Senses.
If you enjoyed today’s episode, please take a moment to like, rate and review the Power Your Platform Podcast on Apple Podcasts and Spotify. When you do, we’ll be able to reach even more women and help them get their own storyheard.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear YOUR story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Today we’re discussing a topic that affects us all as business owners. And that’s how we can share our business story more effectively at networking events.
Now that in-person events are back in full force after taking a dive in 2020, and there are more opportunities than ever to get your brand in front of new audiences.
The question is, how do you maximize events—both in-person and virtual – to get your story in front of your ideal audience?
When it comes to sharing your business story at networking events, there are three key guidelines I like to keep in mind. And I’ll be honest, they’re not rocket science – but somehow, I see people making some pretty common mistakes that are interrupting the flow and the impact of their business story.
The first is to maximize your business storytelling by attending the RIGHT events for you and your business.
What I’m finding right now is that there are so many events to choose from, it can actually be a bit overwhelming for business owners. Most business networking events are generic, meaning there for ALL business owners. And that’s great at times, but I’m a fan of finding your niche. And that applies to networking events as well.
In order to zero in on the kind of events that will get your story in front of potential partners and collaborators and even customers and clients, it’s key to know WHO each event is targeting and what types of people will beshowing up.
The second strategy I suggest for sharing your business story at networking events is to take on a more active role at the events you attend.
Even if you don’t host the event yourself, there are usually plenty of volunteer opportunities. As an event volunteer, you might welcome attendees, hand out resources, help attendees find their way around the venue, collect feedback, track requests or encourage participants to get involved with event activities.
More visible roles at a networking event might include being a keynote speaker, a break-out session leader, a workshop trainer, an MC or a panelist.
And don’t forget that if you can’t offer your time at anevent, maybe you could offer a gift bag item or a door prize. Both are great ways to get in front of a networking event audience with your business story and make an impression.
A third strategy for maximizing your business storytelling atnetworking events is to LISTEN.
The more we listen, the more we find points of intersectionwith the people around us. And the more we find these points of intersection – or common ground – the easier it is to relate to them with a story about our own experience or skillset.
When we see those openings, it’s up to us to speak up andprovide examples or stories or insights that reveal who we serve, what we do and why.
By the way, I have two more great tips, but I’m saving thosefor our free Power Your Platform Facebook group where you’re welcome to join us after the show. Simply click on the link below to join now -- we hope to see you there!
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform FacebookGroup - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Eventbrite – www.eventbrite.ca
Fresh Idea Collective - www.instagram.com/freshideacollective
Happy Halloween! In honour of this spooky holiday, we’re going to be digging into a grave discussion about one of the biggest fears on the planet. You know the one I’m talking about. It’s that old-age fear of getting up on stage and speaking in front of an audience. The truth is, though, that in order to amplify our message, we need to have the courage to speak out. And one of the tools you can use to do just that is my6-point Fear Formula. And hey, I’ll let you in on a secret ahead of time, there’s nothing mystical or magical about it – but I do guarantee that if you take each step to heart and practice it over time, then you’re going to see results.If you’ve ever struggled with getting onstage and speaking in front of a room full of people, then you’re in good company. Even notable celebrities like Julia Roberts, Emma Watson, Nicole Kidman and Barbara Streisand have struggled with the fear of speaking in front of a crowd face-to-face. In fact, one of out every four people experiences some sort of anxiety when it comes to sharing their story onstage. So what’s at the heart of glossophobia or the fear of public speaking? And why does it affect so many of us?The truth is that the fear we experience really doesn’t have anything to do with the story we’re sharing. It has more to do what we believe about ourselves. Psychologists tell us that many people who suffer from the fear of public speaking believe they’re not qualified enough or well-practiced enough or talented enough to be onstage. At the heart of this fear is that we’ll somehow be rejected or ridiculed when we offer our point of view. The difference between getting up on a stage and having a private conversation with one or two people is the perception that we’re somehow being evaluated when we take our place at a podium. In other words, we could technically have the very same conversation with our best friend and share a thought or an idea. And that wouldn’t throw us off. But if we step onstage and make the same presentation to a room full of strangers – or even colleagues – our nerves get tied up into knots. Isn’t it fascinating the way the human brain works?So here are the six elements of my 6-point Fear Formula which I’m excited to share with you today. Because if you take them to heart, I’ve seen firsthand the difference this approach can make.Step #1 is to Love Your Audience. Step #2 is to Name Your Fear. Step #3 is to Own your Awesome. Step #4 is to Embrace Your Weird. Step #5 is to Know Your Stuff. Step #6 is to Do it Scared.Listen in to the full episode for more ideas under each of the 6 points above!Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear your story.EPISODE LINKS: Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Raise your hand if you’re a Saturday Night Live fan? Anyone? If you are, you’ve likely seen the classic skit from 2013 with Amy Poehler andMaya Rudolph. The two play Betty and Jodi, two moms from the Bronx who dish on everything from the national news to their own families.
One of my favourite Saturday Night Live skits is the one where Betti and Jodi talk about the change in the weather. And of course, since they’re from the Bronx, so the talk quickly turns to Sweata Weatha, a phrase they say about 100 times before ethe skit ends. It’s pretty hilarious.
So Betty and Jodi are actually the inspiration for today’s podcast.
Because here we are – smack dab in the middle of sweata weatha. If you’re listening in from the future, it’s currently fall and there’s a bite the in air when we get up in the morning. So what typically happens is that we bundle up, right? After all, it’s cold out there!
But inevitably what happens in the region of the world where I live is hat by the afternoon, it’s actually warm again – sometimes even hot. And at that point, people start to peel off their layers -- assuming they were smart enough to layer up earlier in the day.
Because let’s be honest: if there’s one thing Canadians know about, it’s how to layer up for the weather.
But for me, the idea of layering doesn’t stop with fall fashion. I actually find there’s a ton of valuable in applying the concept of layering to storytelling and brand building.
And I’ve even got a fun acronym that I use. Quite appropriately, it’s HEAT: H.E.A.T. And it’s all about moving your brand audience from cold contact to warm lead and finally to hot prospect for your paid product or service.
Let’s take a look at each stage of the HEAT process:
1 – Hook Your Audience
2 – Earn Their Trust
3 – Address their Obstacles
4 – Tell Them How You Can Help.
As you move through these four phases, you’ll create a multi-layered brand story that guides your audience along a customer journey that transformsthem from stranger to loyal fan.
And if that doesn't make you warm and fuzzy, I don't know what will...
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice – because the world is waiting to hear your story!
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform FacebookGroup - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
SNL Skit: Sweata Weatha - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_2PuhzO_whY
Today we’re concluding our 6-part series on Telling Your Story Your Way. And to do so, we’re setting out to understand the Anarchist Storyteller which is the sixth story sister archetype.
So what’s the story behind the Anarchist? We’ll find out today, plus, we’ll learn which storytelling strategies and techniques work best for their unique brandpersonality.
There’s a famous quote that “well-behaved women rarely make history” And there’s a lot of truth to that.
Just think of the anarchist storytellers of our time – Ruth Bader Ginsburg, Greta Thunberg and Gloria Steinam to name just a few.
What these three women have in common is not only their tenacity and fierce commitment to their cause, but the unwillingness to back down, even wheneveryone else around them goes home.
The Anarchist Storyteller is the Rebellious Storyteller, someone who isn’t afraid to disrupt the status quo and start a revolution.
Here are 7 points to keep in mind if you’re looking to become a more effective Anarchist Storyteller:
-
Storytelling forms that have proven useful for many anarchists include protests, demonstrations, sit-ins, walk-outs, speeches and other forms of non-violent public confrontation.
-
Realize that your audience not only needs to know the why behind your story, but the why now. So be sure to create a sense of urgency with your messaging.
-
Always keep your messaging clear and simple to avoid confusion and distraction.
-
Extend the shelf life of your message by livestreaming protest events and uploading video, audio and photography to platforms like YouTube, SnapChat, TikTok or Instagram reels.
-
Issue a simple media advisory or press release to invite reporters, bloggers, vloggers and others to your events an announcements.
-
Designate a spokesperson for your protest event.
-
Use visual elements at your events, such as placards, t-shirts, emblems, mascots, dramatic performances and influencers or well-known figures.
Thanks so much for tuning in to this final episode of our 6-Part series on Telling Your Story Your Way. If you’re wondering which of the 6 Story Sister Archetypes best fits your brand voice and personality, click below to take our 60-second quiz today!
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
60-Second Storytelling Archetype Quiz - https://www.powerherplatform.com/quiz
In today’s episode, we’re going to take a look at the fifth Story Sister Archetype which is The Activist.
Like the Advocate, which we covered last week, the Activist belongs to the Crusader category of storytellers. And as we’ll hear today, getting people to activatetheir beliefs and commit to crusading for a particular cause is at the heart of the Activist’s mission.
If you identify as an Activist Storyteller, then stay tuned, because we’re about to dive into some of the tools and techniques that are effective when it comes to bringing out the best in YOUR brand storytelling.
Here’s a recap of today’s content that’s designed to help Activist Storytellers tell their story their way:
-
Know your audience (what makes them tick and the language they use to describe the issues that affect them the most).
-
Create a narrative, not just a story, and remember to ask “What’s In it for Them?”
-
Always include a call to action, and when you do, keep it simple, relatable and easy to follow.
Thanks so much for tuning in to Part 5 of our 6-Part series on Telling Your Story Your Way. If you’re wondering which of the 6 Story Sister Archetypes best fits your brandvoice and personality, take our 60-second quiz by clicking om the link below.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear YOUR story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
60-Second Storytelling Archetype Quiz - https://www.powerherplatform.com/quiz
Episode 111: https://open.spotify.com/episode/5Eyd3S3v9WOZZL0zzZDH0P
Episode 118: https://open.spotify.com/episode/73GOp79QvdLimrvVc9tXBy
In Episode 144 of the Power Your Platform Podcast, we're continuing our 6-part series on Telling Your Story Your Way. And today the spotlight is on the Adovcate Storyteller! Here are 6 key points we cover in today's episode to help Advocates tell their story their way:1. Keep your messaging simple. One way to do this is to put a human face on a complex issue so people can grasp the human connection.2. Take a grassroots approach to reaching your audience, including storytelling tools like direct mail campaigns, email newsletters and targeted social media ads.3. Personalize your messaging wherever possible to cut through the clutter and get your audience's attention.4. Harness the power of the human voice, whether through direct messaging, podcasting or YouTube channels.5. Consider approaching traditional media outlets to help you share your message.6. Engage your audience in a conversation to help them become a part of the solution.Not sure which of the 6 Story Sister Archetypes best fits your brand personality? Click on the link below to find out today!EPISODE LINKS:Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807 60-Second Storytelling Archetype Quiz - https://www.powerherplatform.com/quiz
Welcome to Part 3 of our 6-part series called Tell Your Story Your Way. The purpose of this series is to help you identify which of the 6 Story Sister Archetypes best fits your brand voice and personality.
In today’s episode, we’re going to take a closer look at the third Story Sister Archetype which is The Ambassador, and determine which brand storytelling strategies and techniques are ideally suited to that archetype’s unique personality.
Here are the 7 key points from today's episode:
-
Look for live events being hosted in your area where you have the opportunity to share your expertise and your story – and remember, ifyou can’t find one, there’s always the option to create your own!
-
Consider the size of the events you choose to attend –and then decide how you will engage with the audience once you get there.
-
When planning your own event, strategize about the name, the theme and the type of audience you want to gather to make sure all three alignwith your main brand mission.
-
Consider attending online events to connect with potential clients and customers outside your own community or region.
-
Share the spotlight by profiling members of your audience on your purpose-driven platform.
-
Approach potential partners and collaborators whose mission and values dovetail with your own.
-
Make sure there’s a fair value exchange when entering into a new partnership. When you do, you’ll help ensure that everyone’s voice is valued.
Thanks so much for tuning in to Part 3 of our 6-Part series on Telling Your Story Your Way. If you’re wondering which of the 6 Story Sister Archetypes best fits your brand voice and personality, take our 60-second quiz by clicking on the link below.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear YOUR story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
60-Second Storytelling Archetype Quiz - https://www.powerherplatform.com/quiz
This month we’re diving into a brand new series called Tell Your Story Your Way. And it’s all about recognizing your unique Story Sister Archetype and playing to your strengths when it comes to your own brand storytelling.
This week, we’re going to be taking a closer look at the second Story Sister Archetype which is The Architect. In this episode, we’ll uncovering theArchitect’s unique superpowers – along with her kryptonite – as it relates to telling the story behind the brand or business she’s building.
As we discussed back in Episode 131, Architects are analytical thinkers who use their ability to see problems through a lens of logic. They are naturallycurious about the world around them and excellent problem solvers. They also tend to thrive in highly structured environments.
If you identify as an Architect Storyteller then here’s what you need to know: there’s a way to tell your brand or business story that’s uniquely you, and thatcapitalizes on your innate strengths and skills.
One way to do this is to recognize that as an Architect Storyteller, you need structure – and not only that, you tend to create stories using structure.
This is why we see so many Architects using step-by-step action plans, frameworks and formulas as a part of their storytelling style. Not only does this logical flow to storytelling make the Architect feel right at home, it also helps her create clarity in her business, both for her clients and for herself.
Architects crave structure and stability, so it’s no wonder that their superpower is organization and consistency.
So where do Architects tend to go wrong when it comes to storytelling? In other words, what’s their kryptonite?
In my experience, Architects are so often attached to their plan that they don’t release it, even when a great opportunity comes up. Now, I’m not a fan of getting distracted by a lot of pointless side projects – but I am an advocate of paying attention to the conversations that are happening all around us, and asking if there are synergies there that we could take advantage of.
Structure and stability are deeply valued by Architects, so I’d suggest platforms like a regular newsletter or blog, LinkedIn articles, and even scripted podcasts. Since Architects are often fans of predictability, having a template they follow to communicate with their audience on a regular basis can also be a bonus.
I encourage you to continue telling your story your way, while also exploring a few new paths from time to time.
Because your story is the one element of your business that is unique from all others on the planet. No one can tell your story exactly the same way as you can. And that’s why its so worth telling.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
60-Second Storytelling Archetype Quiz - https://www.powerherplatform.com/quiz
Episode 131 - https://open.spotify.com/episode/2s00O0KbySqWh95M2SpPCS
This week, I’m launching a new series called Tell Your Story Your Way. And the purpose of this series is to help you identify which of the 6 Story Sister Archetypes best fits your brand voice and personality.
In today’s episode, we’re going to take a closer look at the first Story Sister Archetype which is The Artist, and determine which brand storytelling strategies and techniques are ideally suited to that archetype’s unique personality.
And keep in mind that even if you don’t identify with the Artist archetype, having an understanding of the way the Artist operates and how she thinks can help you reach this type of audience member with your own brand or business. So it’s definitely worth sticking around!
Here are the 6 key points from toady’s episode which is designed to help Artists tell their story their way:
-
Embrace unscripted storytelling since it will allow you to share your journey in the moment, rather than in a more structured way.
-
Consider using storytelling platforms that allow for the free flow of ideas and messaging, including podcasts, YouTube channels, photography and microblogging when reaching out to your core audience.
-
Joyfully pursue a number of side projects but be mindful of your BIG goals for the week or month and keep your eye on the prize.
-
Explore the idea of attending an event or holding one of your one to connect with your supporters.
-
Don’t follow the pack – get creative about where and when you meet your audience.
-
Creativity is your superpower, but to move your business forward, you’re going to need message clarity and consistency over time.
Thanks so much for tuning in to Part 1 of our 6-Part series on Telling Your Story Your Way. If you’re wondering which of the 6 Story Sister Archetypes best fits your brand voice and personality, take our 60-second quiz by clicking on the link below.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear YOUR story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
60-Second Storytelling Archetype Quiz - https://www.powerherplatform.com/quiz
Welcome back to a fresh, new season of the Power Your Platform Podcast! Today I’m launching a new, six-part series called “Tell your Story Your Way”. And in this episode, I’ll explain the big AHA moment I had last season that led to this 6-part series.
The aha moment that occurred to me last season actually came when I was working with one of my clients who definitely did not share the same storytelling archetype as me. And the way I was encouraging her to tell her story was like fitting a square peg into a round hole. And at first, I thought she just wasn’t ready to tell her story. And then the lightbulb came on – she WAS ready to tell her story, just not in the same way as I was telling my story.
So that realization led me to think about the different types of Story Sister Archetypes. Because each of us is mostly likely one of the six.
In case you missed Episode 131, I'm including a link below. This is the episode where I introduced the Six Story Sister Archetypes which include: the Artist, the Architect, the Ambassador, the Advocate, the Activist and the Anarchist.
Each of these story sister archetypes enjoys telling their story a different way.
Over the next six weeks, I’m going to dedicate one full episode to one of the six story sister archetypes. I’m hoping this focused approach will help us all to get clear on the type of storyteller we are individually and how we can best create a storytelling strategy that dovetails with our preferred communication style.
And remember, we can be a combination of more than one archetype, but the key is to recognize what lights you up when it comes to brand storytelling and how to create a marketing strategy that’s cheerful – not choreful – which is I word I just made up, but it seems to fit the situation. Because if you’re really going to get the most out of your marketing strategy, you’ve got to be excited about it. There’s just no way this is going to work on autopilot.
As a brand builder or business owner you have GOT to be enthusiastic about yoru own story. After all, that’s what will sell your product or service.
Someone told me recently that sales is simple the transfer of enthusiasm. And I really believe that.
So if enthusiasm is a pre-requisite for sales, then I think it’s a good idea that we embrace our own story and start telling it in a way that resonates with ourideal audience and gets them excited about what we have to offer.
I can’t wait to dive in further starting next week, but for now, be sure to take our 60-second Storytelling Archetype quiz to find out which story Sister Archetype best fits YOUR personality (link below).
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
The 6 Story Sister Archetypes Episode - https://open.spotify.com/episode/2s00O0KbySqWh95M2SpPCS
60-Second Storytelling Archetype Quiz - https://www.powerherplatform.com/quiz
Today’s Summer Recast Series is a replay for our Six Story Archetypes episode which was released earlier this year.
This episode talks about the fact that one of the keys to creating a strong brand is knowing what makes your brand voice stand out from the crowd. And one of the ways you can do this is by understanding your Story Sister Archetype.
Don’t forget to check out our NEW Story Sister Archetype Quiz by clicking on the episode links below.
This new quiz will help you determine which Story Sister Archetype you fit: the Artist, the Architect, the Ambassador, the Advocate, the Activist or the Anarchist.
And be sure to stay tuned NEXT week for the kick-off of Season 3 of the Power Your Platform Podcast. That’s when I’ll be building on what you hear in today’s episode, to really get to the heart of what it means to unlock the power of YOUR brand voice.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
60-Second Storytelling Archetype Quiz - https://www.powerherplatform.com/quiz
In today’s episode, I want to dive a bit deeper into a topic I’ve touched on many times before, but haven’t fully explored in this podcast until now. And that’s the idea of owning your story.
Because at the heart of building a purpose-driven platform is this powerful idea. And today, we’re going to unpack what it means to “own our story” and what that looks like in practical terms.
Brene Brown put it this way. She said, “You either walk inside your story and own it or you stand outside your story and hustle for your worthiness.”
So today, I want to focus on what it means to OWN our story, and I want to break it down into three parts. Those three parts include: owning your privilege, owning your pain and owning your purpose.
So let’s start with the idea of owning our privilege. For this part of your story journey, I want to challenge you to sit down and write out as many privileges as you can think of that you now have or have grown up with. Because really, privileges are kind of like invisible ink. They’re completely unnoticeable until we shine a light on them and really take the time to reflect.
And the reason why it’s so important to own our privilege is that it makes us more empathetic storytellers. It prompts us to acknowledge the fact that members of our audience may not enjoy all of the privileges we have in life. And when we own our privilege, we can better recognize the systems of inequality in our culture, and work towards levelling the playing field for those around us.
The second part of owning our story is about owning our pain. And we all have pain, don’t we? It’s a part of every human’s story, but often it’s the part we try to forget. Pain can come in many forms. It can be emotional pain, physical pain, spiritual pain, social pain or psychological pain. None of us make it through this life unscathed, that’s just a fact.
But there’s power in pain when we own it as a part of our story.
When we own our pain and recognize the power of sharing our scars with others, it can be transformative. Because others see the humanity in us and we recognize the humanity in others. And this recognition connects us to each other. And that’s what storytelling is all about, whether on a personal or a professional level. It’s about finding ways to build bridges over the spaces that divide us so we feel more connected, and more whole.
And that leads to the third and final step which is owning our purpose.
Because without owning our privilege and owning our pain, we can’t really own our purpose. And I think this is why so many of us struggle to find our purpose in the first place.
After all, our purpose often stems directly from those two parts of our identity: our privilege and our pain. The problem is that most of us don’t take the time to reflect on our privilege and pain long enough to recognize the purpose that lies inside them.
So let me ask you this: what are the privileges you’ve enjoyed in your life? What about the pain? And when you think about it, how do the two work together to fuel your purpose?
This is what’s meant by owning our story. It’s about owning our privilege, owning our pain and owning our purpose.
Only then will we be truly positioned to make real impact in the world.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807 PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today’s episode, we’re diving into the idea of Unpacking Your Signature Stories and I can’t wait to share with you the 3 reasons signature stories are so powerful and how you can begin unpacking yours.
I think we can agree we all of us have stories that we carry with us through life. And these stories have the potential to connect us to each other and make a huge impact.
The problem is most of us don’t even know what our stories are. We sit on them, just as though we were sitting on a stack of old, dusty suitcases. We don’t peek inside or unpack what could be useful to us or to the other people in our lives.
But remember, life’s a journey and as travelers we’re not meant to stay in one place forever. Those suitcases we’re sitting on? What’s inside is meant to equip us for what comes next, providing us with the tools and wisdom that will guide us through the next challenge we face.
So what exactly is a signature story? And why do we need them when building a story brand?
Your signature story is the message you’re best known for. Ideally it stems from your personal experience, expertise and insights. Not only should your signature story have a personal connection, however, but it should also have a universal application.
So why are signature stories so powerful?
First, they clarify why you do what you do. When we share our origin story, people understand what motivates us.
Secondly, signature stories can also reveal the values behind the brand. This helps customers align with brands they can relate to on an emotional and moral level.
Signature stories can also shape company culture. When you share the why behind your brand and what the values are that drive your business, then your employees will better understand how they should be operating day-to-day.
If you’re interested in starting to unpack your own signature story, click on the link below. I’d love to connect!
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Today we’re exploring the topic of story stretching and how you can avoid getting stuck when comes to your own creative process. Have you ever suffered from a case of BPS? Blank Page Syndrome is a condition that can slow your progress and leave you feeling frustrated and alone. The truth is, there is a LOT of writing that’s involved when it comes to building a brand. Besides coming up with social media content and your ideal customer profile, there’s also the web site copy and emails and newsletters, not to mention your core platform content for your blog, podcast or YouTube channel. But slow down for a moment – and let’s take a breath. Because you can do this. What it comes down to is remaining mentally confident and flexible so we can respond to the needs of our business quickly and efficiently, with plenty of creativity to spare. Throughout my years as a writer, I’ve adopted three tried-and-proven story stretches to help me stay flexible when it comes to new content creation, while also giving me a boost of confidence when it’s needed.
1 – Explore new paths. Get out of your rut and go for a walk or take a drive! Movement creates momentum…
2 – Get back to play. Sometimes playing for the simple sake of playing is all that’s required sometimes. And when we lose ourselves in play, it helps unlock that creative part inside of us that so often gets lost as we become adults.
3 – Embrace new collaborations. Collaboration is such a powerful tool, because it helps us get out of our own heads and see things from a brand new perspective. I particularly enjoy working with women who don’t come from exactly the same type of background as me. As a creator and marketer, I pursue conversations with people in different types of fields, to see how they’re solving challenges within their own industry. When I do, I’m always introduced to new ways of solving problems, and it all helps me to stretch my own story muscle by causing me to look at the world through new eyes. I hope these simple tips help you stretch your creative story muscle and remind you of all of the amazing gifts, talents and abilities you have inside you.
Let’s make Blank Page Syndrome a thing of the past. Good-bye writer’s block – hello, creativity!
EPISODE LINKS: Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
In this episode we're exploring the ways you can repurpose your platform by squeezing all the goodness out of each segment so you’re able to add delicious flavour to everything that you do.
As I’ve said before on this podcast, I believe one of the keys to consistent communication with your audience is a purpose-driven platform. And I also believe there are 3 main platforms we should consider as a free and shareable public space to share our long-term content. Those three platforms are podcasts, blogs and YouTube channels.
Remember, you don’t need all three platforms. You really only need to focus on one.
Once you’ve decided on which platform will be your focus, that platform becomes the source of all the content you need for your visibility tools (social media, newsletter, etc.).
The cool thing about podcasts, blogs and YouTube channels is that they’re already neatly divided into segments. For podcasts and YouTube channels those segments are called episodes and for blogs those segments are called posts.
What’s really useful about thinking about your platform in segments is that it provides multiple opportunities per episode or post to repurpose the content for your visibility tools.
The beauty of repurposing is that you’re taking the same original content that you produce one time, and you’re using it over and over for maximum reach and effect.
And the way you do that is by finding the little bits and pieces you can peel away from your main segment and scattering those throughout your social media content to get the most out of your time and streamline your day. Thanks so much for listening in to today podcast episode! If you enjoyed it, then be sure to rate and review Power Your Platform on Apple Podcasts and Spotify – and thanks to every one of you who have been sharing this podcast with your friends and colleagues. I truly appreciate it.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice – because the world is waiting to hear your story!
EPISODE LINKS: Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807 Story Sister Archetypes Episode - https://tinyurl.com/mr28sjnc
In today’s episode, we’re talking about traction. Because when it comes right down to it, without traction, we won’t be able to engage our audience over the long-term and really help them get results. So what is traction? Traction is what happens when you get a good grip on something and you’re able to hold onto it securely. Kind of like when you’re driving down the road on a snowy day and you’ve got snow tires on your car. Rather than slipping and sliding all over the place, the snow tires help you get a grip – or traction – on the road so you stay the course and get to your destination. I So today we’re talking about traction in terms of your messaging. How can you create a story brand that grips your audience’s attention and HOLDS it long enough for them to understand your message and take action? This is one of the biggest challenges companies face since there are so many competing messages in the marketplace today. In this episode, we’ll explore 4 simple ways to get more story traction: 1 - Know your audience. 2 - Optimize your language. 3 - Start a conversation. 4 - Build a community. Thanks so much for listening in today! I hope you found at least one aha moment in today’s episode, and hey, if you did, I’d love to hear from you! Click below to connect.
EPISODE LINKS: Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
In today’s episode, I’m sharing with you a replay of a workshop I hosted a few weeks ago about “Building Your Story Pillars.”
Now the workshop was an hour long so I’m not actually going to replay the entire workshop. But I am going to share with you the 5 story pillars that we discussed during that workshop, and I hope that as you listen in, you’ll jot down a few notes that relate to your own brand or business.
Because as business builders, it’s important that we’re aware of what our story pillars are and the important role they play in branding. The good news is that we all have a story to tell, and our audience is waiting to hear it.
And as you listen, if you feel like you could benefit from some extra support as you build your own story pillars, don’t hesitate to reach out to me by clicking on the connect link below. I’d love to hear from you and help coach you as you create a brand that creates true impact.
To recap, here are the five key story pillars we discuiss in this episode:
- Your Personal Story
-
Your Purpose Story
-
Your People Story
-
Your Product Story
-
Your Promise Story
Thanks so much for listening in to today’s podcast episode. If you’re looking for a community of women spekaers, leaders and entreprneeurs who are building their own brands and making an impact in the world, be sure to join us inside our FREE Power Your Platform Facebook community. You can click below to join today!
Until next time, keep owning yoru story, following yoru purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear YOUR story!
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
In today’s Summer Recast episode, we’re talking about courage and how we can find the strength and the mindset to take the necessary steps to put our dreams into action. The first strategy for taking action even before you feel like you’re ready is to remember your purpose.
The second strategy for taking action even when you’re feeling full of self-doubt and fear is to think about the next step, rather than the whole journey. The third strategy for taking action before you’re ready is to surround yourself with other action takers.
And here’s the magical part about taking action -- and that is that action CREATES confidence! The very thing you’re scared of doing right is the very thing that’s going to make you more brave as you move forward. Isn’t that awesome?
So it’s time to stop making excuses and get out of your own way. It’s time to grab your own 20 seconds of courage and make them count. Because there’s a whole world out there that’s waiting to hear your story -- and all you need to do is make the first move.
EPISODE LINKS: Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Today we’re digging into the Power of Small Stories and talking about how we can unlock the potential of ordinary teaching moments. Because let’s face it, we’ve all been impressed by the history-changing stories of women like Rosa Parks, Amelia Earhart and Laura Secord. But the truth is, that small stories matter too. And what’s more, they’re a lot easier for most people to relate to.
So today I’m going to share a tool I’ve created called the StoryNET. And I hope it’s as useful for you when it comes to story catching, because I know it’s been helpful for me.
Small stories matter in a big way. And here’s the thing: we’re surrounded by small stories every day of our lives, am I right? Of course, since we move through our lives at such a breakneck speed, we often don’t take the time to notice the small stories because we’re so distracted by so many other things. Now some of these things could actually be tragedies or crises in our lives which obviously demand our full attention.
But most often, we’re NOT distracted by the big stuff. We’re distracted by, well, pretty much everything. It could be a notification on our phone or it could be the fact that we’re trying to multitask and juggle three or four activities at once.
If you’ve never seen this in action, by the way, just attend a child’s soccer game and keep your eye on the parents who are answering emails while cheering on the home team while also chatting with the other soccer parents about who’s turn it is next week to bring the popsicles. And yes, I may be speaking from personal experience here.
So how can we flip this script? How can we start paying attention to the amazing moments all around us and giving them our full attention? Because when we do, that’s when the stories -- and the lessons they teach -- come into focus.
And here’s the tool we can use to to do it. It’s called the Story NET and it’s a simple strategy for catching the everyday stories in your life before they pass you by.
NET stands for Notice Examine and Takeaway.
-
NOTICE - Without paying attention to the details of our lives, we’ll never notice the knowledge nuggets along the way. So it’s important that we to set our intentions at the start of every day to be mindful and notice the people, the places and experiences that come our way.
-
EXAMINE – What are the types of things we notice when we take time to examine the stories that surround us? We probably notice what’s visible to the eye, as well as the emotions of the story, not to mention the story arc (beginning, middle, end).
-
TAKE AWAY THE KEY LESSONS - What are the takeaways you can spot in the stories you’ve collected? The great stories – the ones worth sharing with others --- will have some sort of a lesson, a reminder or an aha moment that you can share. Whatever it is, keep it simple and state it clearly so your audience isn’t confused about what the takeaway is, and how they can apply it to their own life. When you do, your story collection will be in the perfect position to make a real impact.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Today I’m going to share with you my very own recipe for a Story Smore. And by the end of this episode I hope you’ll pick up some sweet tips for creating a delicious connection with your audience that keeps them hungry and coming back for smore. Are you ready for today’s episode? Sweet! Let’s get cooking!
Not many people know this, but the recipe for smores cookie sandwiches has actually been around since the 1920s. And here’s a fun fact: the first smores recipe actually appeared in a girl scout’s guide called Tramping and Trailing with the Girl Scouts. But back then the treat was actually known as Graham Cracker Sandwiches.
In case you’ve never heard of a smore, by the way, let me explain the preparation and cooking process. I promise it will only take 60 seconds.
First, you take two graham crackers and in between you slide a layer of chocolate – my favourite is Aero or Hershey, but it doesn’t really matter.
Next, you want to toast a marshmallow over an open campfire if possible or if not, you can do the cooking in a microwave.
Once your marshmallow is toasted, you want to smush together the graham cracker, chocolate and marshmallow combo – by the way, I’m pretty sure “smushing” is the technical term in case you’d like to look it up.
And then – ahhhh, the sweet taste of that glorious mess of goodness. There’s nothing quite like it!
But let’s break down this recipe further for today’s Story Smore Cooking Lesson.
Now, the purpose of a Story Smore is to make your content so delicious and so worthwhile that your audience keeps coming back again and again. So how do we do that? First, let’s consider the three ingredients of a traditional smore: graham crackers, marshmallows and chocolate. That’s it, just three components. So you’ve gotta love the simplicity.
Today, we’re going to use each of the three smore ingredients to represent a different technique for creating a message that melts in your audience’s mouth and keeps you top-of-mind.
Here they are:
Graham Cracker #1: Start with a message hook that draws your audience in to your story.
Melted Chocolate: Sweeten the deal by offering your audience a value statement addressing their key pain point(s).
Toasted Marshmallow: Create a sticky message they can remember and that they can take with them.
Graham Cracker #2: Finish off with a clear call-to-action that answers the question “What next?”
Remember, when it comes to your brand message, keep it simple, sweet and sticky. Happy story snacking!
EPISODE LINKS: Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Are you ready to have a little bit of fun? I hope so, because in today’s episode, we’re talking about Joyful Storytelling.
Studies show that people who have fun at work are healthier, more inspired, more satisfied with their work and – oh yeah – more productive. They’re also a whole lot nicer to be around!
Recently, I started paying more attention to my own workday routines to see how much fun I was having on the job. And as I’ve gotten better at making room for fun in my workday, my storytelling has become more… joyful!
Why is joyful storytelling important? I believe that if you’re going to convince someone to check out the work you’re doing and maybe even become a paying customer – then they’re going to need a little convincing.
Remember, you’re probably not the only one who’s offering whatever it is you’re selling.
So the story surrounding your product or service is really important. And if the story you’re telling comes across as desperate or uncertain or fearful even, then that’s not going to inspire someone to invest in what you’re putting out into the world.
Here are 3 fun ways I infuse more joy into my day, to help ensure my storytelling is equally joyful and connects more deeply with my core audience.
The first fun strategy is to look for the laughter. Experts tell us that when we laugh, we actually recalibrate our brains to focus and concentrate more fully on our work. As a result, laughter can actually improve our productivity. Who knew!? What are the things that make you laugh? How can you invite more of that type of activity into your day? It could be as simple as a phone call with a hilarious friend over the lunch hour or watching a 5 minute comedy clip. Maybe it’s just laughing at your pet’s crazy antics if you work from home. Whatever works for you, build in some time for laughter!
The second strategy is to find your tribe. Loneliness can lead to some dark days if we’re not careful. I think we all realize by now that when left alone with our own negative thoughts, we can do some real damage to our own self-esteem AND the way we think about our business. This negative vibe can actually STOP us from sharing our story and lead us to withdraw completely from interacting with our core audience. Or, if we do put out content, it tends to be less exciting a little more negative in tone. But when we come together with others who share similar goals and values, then we can draw strength from the group. Actress Kate Hudson once said, “The more we connect, they more content and happy we feel.” And that feeling of contentment and happiness inevitably leads to a more joyful sharing of our own business story with the world around us.
The third way we can brighten our business story is by prioritizing play and creativity. Because here’s the thing: when we make room for play and creativity in our workday, we make room for better problem-solving, more innovation and overall better business results. One woman I know only writes in purple ink! I like to build dance breaks into my day or time to play with my dog. So go ahead and get creative today – and remember, it’s a practice, so the more you do it, the easier it will get to step into your creative flow when you need it most.
EPISODE LINKS:
Download Your Joyful Storytelling Checklist - https://www.powerherplatform.com/joyful Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
It’s hard to believe we’ve already reached the end of Season 2 of the Power Your Platform Podcast! Over the past few months, I’ve had the chance to interview some incredible, some of whom you’ll get to hear from today in this special episode.
To celebrate, I’ve created an audio mash-up of interview clips that inspired me and others, and which really helped to make this past season meaningful. Thanks to everyone who was a guest on this podcast in Season 2 – you know who you are, and you know how much I appreciate you and the work you do!
Aha Moment #1 – How to Take a Story from Good to Great
In Episode 103, I love that Sonja mentioned the importance of authenticity when storytelling, and not only that, but the difference between spewing information and actually creating a human connection with our audience. Brilliant!
Aha Moment #2 – Building Confidence through Image Clarity
In Episode 115, I spoke with Diana Renelli, a Toronto-based brand photographer who works with women to help them amplify their message through intentional photographs. In this conversation, Diana and talked about the importance of imagery in storytelling and how we become more confident the clearer we become in our messaging. Love it!
Aha Moment #3 – Separating Your Self-Worth from Your Net Worth
In Episode 126, my guest was Hadriana Leo of Money navigator International. Hadriana’s superpower is helping women understand and rewrite their money stories which is so vital to the success of any business. And in this conversation, she really drills down to the some core issues, one of which relates to becoming more confident storytellers and business leaders. The distinction Hadriana makes in this interview clip between net worth and self-worth is a thought I still carry with me today. Have a listen!
Once again, I'd like to thank ALL of the amazing women I was able to interview on the podcast during Season 2. While I didn’t have the time to recap every single conversation here today, I invite you to go back and listen to what they had to say about everything from marketing to mentoring. You won’t be sorry you did.
Up next: stay tuned for our Summer Recast Series which begins next week!
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Today I’m inviting you to join me on Wednesday, June 21st for a free, 1-hour workshop on Building Your Story Pillars. If you’ve been around this podcast for a while, then you’ve no doubt heard me mention story pillars from time to time. Because when it comes to creating a strong foundation for your brand story, I really believe that story pillars are truly a secret to success. So on Wednesday, June 21st from noon – 1 p.m. EST I’m inviting you to join me for a free virtual workshop that will help you uncover YOUR story pillars so you can begin building a story brand that makes an impact.Who is this workshop designed for?First of all, this workshop is a great fit if you’re someone who struggles to come up with fresh content to share with your audience on a regular basis. Over the years, I’ve come to realize that many people find it challenging to engage their audience with interesting stories that create connection, credibility and ultimately, a community of raving fans.But the good news is that by building your 3 to 5 story pillars, you’ll have an endless supply of resources and materials to draw on, plus we’ll make sure you know how to leverage that content to reach your ideal audience.Next, this workshop is great for people who tend to get off-track when it comes to their brand messaging. And hey – we’ve all been there! But if distraction is getting in the way of consistent communication with your audience, then it’s time to consider adding a new power tool to your belt. And I believe your story pillars are just the thing to help you get clear and keep focused no matter how busy life becomes.Finally, the Building Your Story Pillars workshop is an ideal for anyone who tends to procrastinate when it comes to sharing their coremessage, because they just weren’t sure where to start. If this is you, no worries. We’ll make sure you have a clear action plan that reminds you what your key story pillars are, and how to use them to make an impact. In this 1-hour session, we’ll cover: - What a story pillar is and what it's used for- How to get clear on your main story pillars- And why building your story pillars can help you maximize your time + streamline your messaging I’ll also be sharing with you my own story pillars and how they’ve allowed me to simplify my overall marketing strategy to make sure I keep on course and deliver value-added content regularly to my audience.PLUS we'll also take time to answer your questions live and guide you in completing your own digital Story Pillars Worksheet.So if your interest is piqued and you think Building Your Story Pillars could be the next move to help you get clear on your message, while building continuity and consistency, then be sure to join us! EPISODE LINKS:Building Your Story Pillars Workshop: https://tinyurl.com/26dcy9mf Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Today I’m sharing the Three Stories to Avoid Telling. If you know me, you know I spend nearly every podcast episode talking about why we should tell our stories and the power that results when we do.
But lately, I’ve also been realizing that there are at least 3 stories we need to STOP telling. So in today’s episode, I want to get to the bottom of those three stories and talk about why they are NOT stories worth sharing.
1 – The “Woe Is Me” Story
We’ve all found ourselves frustrated and feeling sorry for ourselves, haven’t we? It’s a part of being human to want to lick our wounds when we’ve been hurt. The problem is when we put these stories forward regularly as a central part of our personal or professional brand story, they can do more damage than good. As much as we would like to believe otherwise, people just don’t care about our Woe is Me stories. Because, frankly, they have their own Woe is Me stories. And what they’re really looking for is someone to help them find their way to the other side of THEIR struggle. So don’t get stuck in the rut of sharing your Woe is Me story. Instead, consider how you can make someone else’s life better, while drawing on the wisdom of your own experience.
2 – The “I Can Do No Wrong” Story
In this case, the storyteller is claiming that NOTHING is going wrong and that EVERYTHING is coming up roses. But this façade of perfection can be off-putting to our audience members who are definitely experiencing their own share of struggles and frustrations. The truth is, we need to present a balanced story which is what I refer to as authentic storytelling. When we can admit to our audience that we’re NOT perfect, it can be a pretty humbling experience. But I also think its freeing. Because when we’re humble, we’re admitting to ourselves and everyone else that we’re still learning. And that gives the freedom to make mistakes. After all, failure is not the opposite of success – it’s a part of success.
3 – The Off-Brand Story
Off-brand stores are confusing to our audience and dilute the clarity of our mission. The key to avoiding Off-Brand Storytelling is to stick to our own story lane. Because we want our clients and customres to be 100% clear about what we do, who we do it for and why.EPISODE LINKS: Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
In today's podcast, I'm interviewing California-based author and corporate storyteller Donna Griffit. Donna has written a book called “Sticking To My Story, The Alchemy of Storytelling for Startups” and in the book she shares how to deliver winning investor pitches using the art of storytelling.
As Donna explains in today’s episode, our human brains are hardwired for storytelling. So when we use a storytelling framework when approaching our investor or sales pitches, we’re setting ourselves up for business success.
In today’s episode, Donna and I talk about what our audience is REALLY listening for when we’re telling a story and why our business vision is one of the biggest keys to pitching success.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today's conversation with Donna:
1 - Stories are powerful tools to use when pitching an audience since they tend to stick in the minds of our listeners long after other data is forgotten.
2 - Authenticity is the secret to successfully telling – and selling – your story.
3 - Recognizing your origin story and the “why” behind your business is key to communicating your unique market position with your audience.
4 - Every business needs a why story which includes your what, your how and your way. Remember, people don’t buy what you do, they buy why you do it.
5 - It’s important to identify a vision for your company that takes you beyond the moment you’re in now. When we share our vision with our audience, they’ll get a clearer idea of where the path is taking us.
6 - Creating a story in four acts can also help to create clarity for our audience. Those four acts include: The Problem, The Solution, The Action Plan and the Next Moves.
7 - Our audience is listening for three things when we tell a story: credibility, likeability and momentum.
8 - As women, we tend to play down our accomplishments. Instead, we need to be spotlighting them to build greater credibility.
9 - Being likable isn’t about being cute; it’s about being someone who can work well with others to get the job done.
10 - And finally, when it comes to building momentum, our story needs to demonstrate that we’re making progress in our business. When we do, others will want to be a part of that progress as well.
Thanks so much for listening in to today’s podcast episode. I’d love to hear YOUR key takeaways, so don’t hesitate to reach out to me!
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear YOUR story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Sticking To My Story – www.stickingtomystory.com
Welcome back to the Power Your Platform Podcast! Today I want to give you a quick update about where our first 100 episodes have gone…Because in case you hadn’t noticed lately, I recently edited our podcast episode library down by about 100 episodes, so that means that when you scroll down to the start of this podcast, you should now see the first episode as Episode 100. Now some of you may still see some of our older episodes, but that depends on whether or not you still have them downloaded in your app. The reason for this spring cleaning frenzy is that during our first 100 episodes, I was really experimenting a lot with the technical aspect of this podcast. Not that we’re perfect yet, but some of those earlier episodes were super-cringy with annoying technical glitches and I felt it was finally time to delete them from the podcast library. Now the good news is that I’ll be re-recording several of those same episodes this summer, so you’ll get to enjoy a fresh, new take on some of the content that helped us get to our first 10,000 downloads. I have to say, that I really enjoyed experimenting with sound and content during the first 100 episodes of this podcast. And I think that’s a lesson I can pass on to any business owner who’s listening right now. Don’t be afraid to experiment. Go ahead – play, have fun and don’t be afraid to do it messy, especially if it’s not costing you any money. Through playful experimentation, I’ve learned what type of content our audience responds to the most and the format that helps thembest remember the content as its shared. So thank you so much to anyone who has provided me with feedback in the past about any of our podcast episodes. Two-way communicationis key when it comes to tweaking any business offer and I hope that as a listener, you’ve found that to be true with this podcast. If you haven’t yet reached out to me to let me know what works for you about the Power Your Platform Podcast and what doesn’t, I hope you’ll do that today. It’s so simple – just send me an email at powerherplatform@gmail.com. You can also leave us a rating and a review on Apple Podcasts andSpotify. And make sure to subscribe so you never miss an episode! EPISODE LINKS:Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
In today’s episode we’re going to talk about the key differences between product and service brands, and how we need to adjust our storytelling in response to those differences.
I’ll also be sharing a few story examples from my own business as well as some of the clients I’ve worked with to demonstrate how product and service storytelling can not only set your brand apart, but help to generate business success.
Here are the key takeaways from today’s episode:
1 - We are surrounded by brands every day, and each of those brands has a story behind it.
2 - Product stories generally focus on the features and benefits of a product, because that’s what the consumer tends to care about most.
3 - When product companies are led by an original founder, however, the story should also integrate the origin story of the company and the why behind the business.
4 - Service company stories differ from product company stories, because they are all about the service provider. In this case, our stories need to be human, authentic and connect in a meaningful way with our audience.
If today’s episode has piqued your interest and you’d like to book a 1-hour strategy session to help you get started with your own product or service story, then be sure to click on the contact button below.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear YOUR story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
This week, in honour of Mother’s Day, I’m turning over the interviewing reigns to my daughter, Logan.
As you’ll hear, this interview was completely unrehearsed, and I hope you’ll enjoy being a fly on the wall as I answer my daughter’s questions on everythingfrom the first story I ever told to the latest plot twist in my own story.
There are a lot of fun -- and surprising -- moments in this episode, so be sure to stay tuned right to the very end. And I have to say that as a mom, it’s a full circle moment to have your daughter interview you on a podcast like one. So I just have to say that I am genuinely proud of Logan for stepping up to the microphone – not just today, but in her regular life as well.
As moms, we’re always encouraging our kids to step outside their comfort zone, aren't we?
But as you’ll hear in this episode, it’s up to us as parents to ensure we don’t leave behind our own sense of adventure.
I hope you'll enjoy today's Mother’s Day Podcast Takeover!
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
If you’re anything like me, then the idea of improvising is actually pretty terrifying. I’m someone who loves a plan and implementing that plan brings me pure joy. Sure, I’ve learned to be more spontaneous over the years, but improv? Um, no thanks.
So when I recently learned about a women’s improv event in my local community, I definitely hesitated. But then, after learning the workshop would be led by two of our country’s funniest ladies, I decided to take a giant leap and signed up. Plus, just to be safe, I dragged a couple of friends along with me as well – after all, there’s safety in numbers, right?
It turns out, I had nothing to be afraid of. In today’s episode, I’m going to share with you the three key points I learned about why improv is actually vital for building a strong brand or business.
The workshop was let by Rebecca Northan and Christy Bruce who have been best friends for 30 years and who also happen to be two of Canada’s top award-winning improv comedians and alumni of Toronto’s Second City.
And today I thought I’d’ share with you my three key takeaways from this improv experience. Because the workshop really did help me change the way I approach life and business. And while I haven’t yet mastered the art of improv, I’m definitely working on it.
Lesson 1 – Adopting a “Yes And” attitude in life and business .
When we have a fixed idea of what the end result of a project is going to be and so we often resort to “yes but” conversations with our team members. However, when we adopt an attitude of “yes and”, we can incorporate more creative solutions into our projects and the end result is something thatwe might not have expected, but is often more effective.
Lesson 2 – As women, we need to trust our gut more. Because it knows the way.
Without a script to follow in life, there are daily opportunities for us to write the script as we go along. And here’s the amazing thing: WE have the power to create our own internal and external dialogue. So rather than following along with the story we’ve been handed at a young age where we act a certain way and think a certain way and follow a certain path, we can trust our gut to help us create a brand NEW script that leads us in the direction we feel led to follow.
As Oprah once said, “You define your own life. Don’t let other people write your script.”
Lesson 3 - We all need each other.
Because just like WE are improvising our way through every single day, so is everyone else around us. Remember, no one wakes up with a fully developed life script in the morning. Even though we always assume others have it easier than we do.
The truth is that we all feel awkward in life and none of us feel prepared for the unpredictable parts of life. But when we’re a part of a community that encourages and supports us along the way, we’re all better off.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform FacebookGroup - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Today I’m excited to share with you the insights of four amazing women on the topic of finding the courage to share your story.
Because let’s face it. There is a lot we’d be doing right now if we just had the courage to do it. Am I right? I’m sure each of us can think of at least three fears we have about stepping outside our comfort zone today and taking on a new project or embracing a new risk or even just having the courage to share our own story.
So in today’s episode, I’m sharing with you four quick clips of conversations I’ve had with women who have been there and done that. Together with Cheryl, Emily, Laurie and Amber, I hope to encourage you today that not only does your story matter but having the courage to share it with someone else has the power to change the world.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform FacebookGroup - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Full interviw with Cheryl Himburg (Key Element Solutions) – https://tinyurl.com/cpere25c
Full interview with Emily O’Brien (Comeback Snacks) – https://tinyurl.com/5b7bt5vv
Full interview with Laurie White (Author) – https://tinyurl.com/mrxckbrd
Full interview with Amber Topp (Poet) - https://tinyurl.com/57c87wcm
What happens when you give a woman a microphone?
If you’re new to this podcast, one of the things you’ll discover quickly is that we talk a lot about building purpose-driven platforms and sharing authenticstories that make an impact with our audience.
So today, I’m passing YOU the microphone. Every now and then I like to ask for audience feedback on various topics – and just recently, I asked our Power Your Platform audience to think about the question I just shared with you: “What happens when you give a woman the microphone?”
The answers are varied and inspiring and I know you’re going to enjoy what your Story Sisters have to say in this episode. So stay tuned and if you’re notalready following us on social media, be sure to follow @poweryourplatform on Facebook and Instagram to keep up-to-date on what’s happening next.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting is waiting to hear YOUR story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform FacebookGroup - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
One of the keys to creating a strong brand is knowing what makes your brand voice stand out from the crowd. So if you think about the many speakers, authors, leaders and changemakers who are out there, they’ve all succeeded in large part, because they were courageous enough to go against the flow.
Many have done this by establishing a strong brand voice, and by using that brand voice consistently, these individuals and companies have been able to successfully make an impact with their audience.
So let me ask you this: are you still trying to sound, look and be like everyone else? Or are you ready to stand out? Because if so, today’s podcast episode is for you!
Join me as I discuss the 6 Story Sister Archetypes from Artist to Anarchist and decide which Archetype sounds most familiar to you. You might even want to pause this episode from time to time or take a few notes as we dig deep into what it takes to unlock your brand voice.
What is an archetype? - Generally speaking, an archetype is an original model of something that is developed or made. This includes a set of defining characteristics or traits that are shared by a particular group of people, in this case, Storytellers.
What is a Story Sister? - A Story Sister is a woman-identifying individual who is intent on growing her personal or professional brand through authentic storytelling.
The 6 Story Sister Archetypes are:
Story Sister Archetype 1 – The Artist (The Creative Storyteller)
Story Sister Archetype 2 – The Architect (the Methodical Storyteller)
Story Sister Archetype 3 – The Ambassador (Diplomatic Storyteller)
Story Sister Archetype 4 –The Advocate (The Cause-Based Storyteller)
Story Sister Archetype 5 – The Activist (Action-Driven Storyteller)
Story Sister Archetype 6 – The Anarchist (Rebellious Storyteller)
The first three Story Sister Archetypes can be grouped together under the Category of Creator: Artists, Architects and Ambassadors.
The last three Story Sister Archetypes can be grouped together under the Category of Crusader: Advocates, Activists and Anarchists.
The question is: which one are YOU?
Over the next seven days in our free Power Your Platform Facebook group, we’ll be exploring that very question. I hope you’ll join us! If you’re not already a member, be sure to click below for the direct link.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear YOUR story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform FacebookGroup - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Can I be honest with you? I’ve been feeling pretty burned-out lately. But here’s the thing: I know all about self-care and in fact, I build several hours into my week for yoga and reading and spiritual pursuits which are all the reason I have not yet lost my mind (ha!).
So on the surface, it seems like I’m doing all the right things. But some days I feel like my brain is just swirling with obligations and commitments and it’s led me to feeling more burned out lately than I’ve felt in a while.
When I was thinking about the topic for today’s podcast episode, I decided to reach back into the archives of the Power Your Platform Podcast and create my very own burn-out booster guide.
Because over the past couple of years, I’ve interviewed dozens of women who have also experienced stress and burn out as a part of their story journey and they’ve shared some pretty amazing ideas about how to cope with it.
So today, I hope you’ll sit back and relax as I share with you the clips from three interviews I’ve done in the past that I found have helped me when it comes to this common topic of burnout.
Because a big part of our story success depends on us recognizing the signs when we’re not at our best, and finding ways to adjust to ensure we maintain our own mental, physical and spiritual well-being.
If you’re feeling burn-out today, I just want to let you know that you’re not alone. It’s been a crazy couple of years, and we’re all feeling the effects of it. But we’re in this together, and I really believe that if we acknowledge how we’re feeling and ask for the help we need, we can not only get through it, but find true balance on the other side.
So sit back and enjoy today’s podcast episode highlight reel with three incredible women who share their own ideas and insights on how to move from burnout to balance.
Guest 1 – Shyla Cash (Episode 80) – Learn to Recognize Your Internal and External Stressors as an Entrepreneur
Guest 2 – Jaspreet Bhandal (Episode 89) – Manage Your Own Expectations and the Expectations of Others
Guest 3 – Elizabeth Verwey (Episode 112) – Surround Yourself with Mentors and Ask for the Help You Need
Listening to these clips reminds me that I need to stop carrying everything on my own. I have some wonderful people in my life, many of whom have become mentors for me over the years. So in order to achieve balance, I need to be intentional about who I spend time with and not apologize for asking for help when I need it.
And I’d encourage you to do the same today! Take a look around you today. Who can help shoulder the workload? What are your priorities and does your schedule reflect what’s important to you? And finally, what can be put on hold until a time when we have the energy to deal with it?
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Episode 80 (Shyla Cash) – https://tinyurl.com/4k6965sb
Episode 89 (Jaspreet Bhandal) – https://tinyurl.com/ycuj6nd3
Episode 112 (Elizabeth Verwey) - https://tinyurl.com/2p88ah9j
Looking for a few great reads on storytelling this spring? Check out these recommended titles!
Book 1 - Choose Your Story, Change Your Life by Kindra Hall
This book is quite powerful since it focuses on silencing our inner critic and rewriting our life form the inside out. This is a favourite topic of mine so I happily devoured this book and made a bunch of notes in the margins as I read it.
One of the things I love about Kindra’s book is that – not surprisingly -- they’re always filled with stories and relevant examples to the work she’s sharing. She talks a lot about how the stories we tell ourselves can make our dream life or business a reality or how they can turn it into an impossible fantasy. That’s the power of the stories we tell ourselves.
In this book, Kindra dives into a number of great topics, including the importance of uncovering the truth about the power of our own stories and how we can take control of our self-story to become the author of who we are.
Book 2 - “How to Tell a Story: the Essential Guide to Memorable Storytelling from The Moth”
In case you’ve never hard of the Moth, it’s a non-profit group based in New York City that’s dedicated to the art and craft of storytelling.
Since 1997, the Moth has held hundreds of theme-based storytelling events across the U.S. and even abroad. Typically, these events feature prominent literary and cultural personalities like Elizabeth Gilbert, but they also include the everyday stories of ordinary folks as well.
So in How to Tell a Story, a number of storytellers associated with The Moth how to uncover and craft your own unique stories.
Whether your goal is to tell your story onstage, deliver a great wedding toast, present an impressive pitch to a client or simply connect more deeply with your audience, this book shares secrets and examples to help show you the way.
Book 3- “Storyworthy” by Matthew Dicks
This book also has a tie-in to The Moth which I referred to in my last book recommendation. In this case, Storyworthy was written by Matthew Dicks who is a 36-time Moth Story SLAM champion and a 5-time GrandSLAM champion. So needless to say, this guy has told his fair share of stories onstage!
Storyworthy is helpfully divided into three main parts: Finding Your Story, Crafting Your Story and Telling Your Story. So if you’ve ever dreamed of speaking on a TED or TEDX stage or just getting up in front of your local business club or community group, then this book is worth checking out.
Got a book title you’d like to share? Be sure to click below to join our free Power Your Platform Facebook group where the discussion will continue…
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
In today’s show you’re in for something special. A few weeks ago, I hosted a 2-hour Masterclass on the topic of Building Your Story Funnel. Some of you who are listening right now were at that Masterclass and it was so great to have you there and participating and making that morning such a memorable experience.
So today, I want to share with you a few clips of that Masterclass –and trust me, it’s a bit of a feat to distill a 2-hour Masterclass down to less than 20 minutes.
Remember that these clips are a part of a bigger conversation that took place over 2 hours. So I’ve provided a bit of transition music between the various clips just as a reminder that they’re excerpts from the original version. Still, the parts I’m sharing with you today are well worth a listen. Because they really drill down to what it takes to raise a story-driven community and get the impact you’ve been looking for in your business.
I have to mention though that what’s missing from this episode is the amazing interaction and questions and answers from the audience, along with the story sharing and networking that took place. But that’s why the live Masterclasses is a part of my paid program and not offered for free.
Still I promise there’s a ton of value you’re going to receive by listening to some of the highlights of this Masterclass.
So tune in and enjoy as we go live to the Build Your Story Funnel Masterclass!
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
If you’re listening to this episode on the day that it drops, then Happy National Write Your Story Day! As you’ll discover shortly, today’s interview with one of my amazing story coaching clients reveals that there is an unmistakable power that comes with owning, writing and sharing our story – even when the topic is painful or taboo.
My guest on the podcast today is Amber Topp, a currently serving member of the Canadian Armed Forces and a military spouse of nearly 20 years. A writer at heart, Amber has used poetry over the years to help heal painful experiences from her past, including gender-based violence and military sexual trauma.
In today’s episode, Amber and I talk about how she became a story coaching client and the type of work we did together over a period of time. She also shares how she rediscovered a childhood passion for poetry and turned her trauma into a published book that’s making a difference.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s podcast interview:
-
Self-expression can be a powerful part of our healing journey, no matter what we’ve been through.
-
We are not alone in the world – so when we share our story, others feel seen and heard too.
-
A story about us can quickly become a story about everyone when we share it with others.
-
Ask yourself what forms of self-expression came most naturally to you as a child. Then consider how you could use those same forms of self-expression to express your story today.
-
We all have a voice, but sometimes its buried deep beneath our past experiences. Dare to dig it up and use it again.
-
Knowing our “why” can help us get clear on the purpose behind the work we do.
-
If you’re struggling to get clear on the message you want to share with the world, then consider reaching out to a Story Coach.
-
Start small. It’s OK not to see the whole picture when you’re first starting out.
-
Owning our story is one of the most powerful decisions we can make when it comes to taking back our life and owning our message.
-
Today’s power move is to set aside a few minutes today to reflect on your own story. Then take the time to capture what you feel, see and hear in your own unique style.
I hope you enjoyed listening in to today’s interview with poet and author Amber Topp. And if story coaching is something that interests you, then be sure to reach out to me today (see Episode Links below).
Let’s get your story started today!
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Night Vision by Amber Top - https://tinyurl.com/2rmztytf
In today’s podcast, I want to talk to you about the Story DNA that’s inside every single one of us. It’s the secret formula that makes our brand or business stand out in the marketplace, and if you’re not harnessing its power already, today’s episode is a great place to get started.
Canadian author Danielle LaPorte once made the statement that “No one can tell your story the way you can tell your story.” And the reason for that of course, is that not a single one of us has travelled the same story path as anyone else on the planet.
And that’s because we all have a different Story DNA.
So what exactly is our Story DNA?
If you’ve been listening to this podcast for any length of time, you know I’m a big fan of acronyms. So to help you remember what makes YOUR story unique, think of it as three key parts of your life:
Your Development
Your Natural Interests and Abilities
Your Alignment
The first component of our Story DNA is Our Development. And when I think of Development, I think of the early years that helped shaped who we are today. That includes our family dynamic, early socialization and schooling which are all major components of our early childhood development (ages 0 to 8).
Question: What were some of the most important defining moments that you experienced before the age of 8? How did they impact you and become a part of your life story?
The second component of our Story DNA is our Natural Gifts and Abilities. These are the aspects of us that come to use as easily as breathing. It’s likely how we had fun as kids and as adults, how we still find the deepest kind of joy and fulfillment.
Our natural gifts and abilities aren’t something we need to learn. More often, they are just a part of who we are.
Question: What are your natural gifts and abilities? How do they help you operate more effectively?
The third component of our Story DNA is our Alignment. And alignment is what happens when we are living in synch with our innermost values and deepest beliefs. Once we’ve done the work to consider the unique aspects of our development as well as our natural interests, values and abilities, we need to take the time to align who we are with the work that we do.
Note: We don’t get to choose our development or even our nature. But we do get to choose how we align our story with the purpose we’re here to fulfill.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
In today’s podcast episode, we’re digging into our money stories, where they come from, the impact they have on our lives and business and what it takes to rewrite them. My guest on the show today is Hadriana Leo, a wealth strategist who helps women build financial confidence and grow their net worth. Hadriana is the founder of Money Navigator International and in today’s episode, she shares with us the story that led to the launching of her business. PLUS we’ll also talk about Hadriana’s new book which is written specifically for women, and we’ll find out the power move you can make TODAY to help you rewrite your own money story. Here are my Top 10 takeaways from today’s conversation with Hadriana: 1. Our money story starts early in life, often stemming from our own family’s relationship with wealth. 2. We can rewrite our money story anytime. We just have to be willing to do the hard work. 3. Consider whether you’re a Marathoner or a Sprinter when it comes to money goal setting, and then determine the impact that approach has had on your life or business. 4. Our self-worth is not the same as our net worth, and we need to be intentional about separating the two. 5. Money affirmations can be a helpful part of our wealth strategy, but they are limited until we acknowledge our deep-rooted money stories. 6. As business owners, we need to release any emotional attachment the outcome of our business 7. Experiment regularly and gather data about what works and what doesn’t so you can apply your learning to your strategic business approach. 8. Bring your whole self to your business, including your money story. 9. Never be too afraid or too ashamed to examine your money story closely. Only then will you have the power to change it. 10. Today’s power move is to be proactive and as for help before you need it. Anticipate the good or bad that could come your way and prepare for ahead of time. Feel free to share what you learned in today’s podcast on your own social media feed and tag @poweryourplatform when you do. We’d love to share your key takeaways with our own audience. Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear your story. EPISODE LINKS: Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807 Money Navigator International - https://www.moneynavigator.ca/
Today I want to challenge you to create and share 7 stories in 7 days. You can choose any platform you wish. But the goal is to share 7 thoughts or ideas on those platforms in a way that links your own personal or professional story to your brand or business.
Why is a challenge like this one so important? Simply put, challenges help us get out of our rut and motivate us to do the things we might not otherwise have done. A lot of my clients struggle to create a storytelling habit, so this week, I’m giving you the outline for a simple way to level up YOUR storytelling.
Over the next 7 days, I challenge you to notice them, examine them and take something away that you can share with your audience. And by the way, I’d love to follow along with your 7 Stories in 7 Days, so be sure to tag @poweryourplatform when posting your stories to your social media.
Here are the 7 stories I challenge you to share with your audience over the next 7 days:
Day 1 – Share a story that asks a question.
Day 2 – Share a story that teaches a lesson.
Day 3 – Share a story that reveals an idea.
Day 4 – Share a story that shares a feeling
Day 5 – Share a story that makes an impact.
Day 6 – Share a story that makes them smile.
Day 7 – Share a story that promotes your business.
And if you’re not already a part of our free Power Your Platform Facebook group, then be sure to click on the link below to join today. That’s where our community of women leaders, speakers and entrepreneurs will be cheering each other on and holding each other accountable as we complete the challenge together.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Episode 17 - Unlocking the Power of Small Stories - https://tinyurl.com/mrx34nxc
Episode 119 - Boost Your Brand with the AAA Story Approach - https://tinyurl.com/ms3hysuh
In today’s episode, I’m sitting down with Jennifer DeFrenza. who along with her 10-year-old daughter Talia, runs a business called Girl E Kits providing emergency period protection for young girls. This Mother-Daughter duo is hoping to change the stigma around feminine hygiene products, and help girls feel more confident and prepared for their first period. Stay tuned for a great conversation about moving from stories of shame to stories of celebration, and how doing so can shift the social dialogue. Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s conversation with Jennifer: 1. Embrace tough conversations and don’t shy away from taboo topics, especially those that traditionally shame or marginalize women. 2. When considering the shame stories in your own life, ask where those shame stories came from in the first place, and who they’re serving. 3. When you make the intentional shift from telling stories of shame to stories of celebration, people will want to be a part of what you’re doing. 4. Share what you’re doing inside your business with friends and family – they can be powerful allies when it comes to helping you get the word out. 5. Your People Story is a vital part of your marketing. Share customer reviews often because they are evidence of the impact you’re making. 6. Blogging can be an effective way to help you grow your SEO and build your web site traffic. So if writing’s your thing, then give it a try! 7. Look for opportunities to add your voice to the bigger conversation that relates to your brand or business. You just never know where it may lead. 8. Surround yourself with a supportive tribe of individuals who will cheer you on, especially when the going gets tough. 9. Where possible, become a visible part of your brand story. After all, humans prefer to buy from people, not from faceless companies. 10. Today’s power move is to take a moment to look around and ask yourself what’s missing from the world. And then, when the moment is right, create a solution that fills the gap. I hope you enjoyed today’s episode – and if you did, be sure to subscribe, rate and review the Power Your Platform Podcast on Apple Podcasts and Spotify. When you do, it will allow us to reach even more women and help them move from stories of shame to stories of celebration. Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear you story. EPISODE LINKS: Take the 60-Second Storytelling Quiz - https://www.powerherplatform.com/quiz Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807 PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe Girl E Kits - https://girlekits.com/
In today’s podcast episode, I’m excited to share with you today what story funnels are all about and how they can help you build a loyal audience.
For those of you who follow this podcast, you’ll already know that I’ve got a new, 2-hour Build Your Story Funnel Masterclass coming up on Wednesday, February 15th.
So while today’s episode will provide an introduction to story funnels, we’re going to go a lot deeper on February 15th. Not only that, but each Masterclass participant will also receive a 1-hour private coaching session to help them build their own story funnel that gets results.
To register now, click on the Episode Link below.
As humans, we crave community. In fact, our brains are wired to connect. Social scientists tell us that communities help us feel like we belong, and this has a far-reaching impact on our mental, emotional and spiritual well-being which is inevitably linked to our physical well-being.
As someone who has built multiple online and in-person communities over the past 20 years, I can tell you there is an immense feeling of satisfaction that comes with gathering people together around a common purpose, and watching them flourish.
Now I’ll be honest – community raising doesn’t happen overnight.
But the good news is that we all have access to the one tool that will help us create meaningful connections that will take us from content creators to community raisers.
And that tool is a story funnel.
A story funnel is a marketing strategy that uses storytelling to move your ideal customer from being a passive content consumer to becoming an active, contributing member of your community.
If you’re not sure what kind of community to start or how to get people to join, don’t worry, because that’s what the Build Your Story Masterclass is all about. On February 15th, I’ll be sharing the 3-step process I’ve followed to build multiple communities with hundreds and even thousands of members, both online and in-person.
Click below to register today!
EPISODE LINKS:
Build Your Story Funnel Masterclass - https://www.powerherplatform.com/masterclass
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
If you’re a sports fan who has ever cheered on your kids, grandkids, nieces or nephews from the sidelines, then this episode is for you. My guest on the podcast today is Theresa Bailey, co-author of the best-selling book “Hockey Moms: The Heart of the Game”. After being released earlier this year by Harper Collins, the book became an instant bestseller, finding its way to the top of the book charts and into the hands of hockey fans everywhere. In today’s interview, Theresa and I talk about creating social conversations around topics that matter to women, especially when those topics have been traditionally dominated by a single voice. We also talk about what it takes to become a bestselling author and the key to collaborating with a new partner. Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s interview with Theresa: 1. Where you start and where you end up may change – but starting is the important thing. 2. Ask yourself which stories are being overlooked. Chances are, you’re exactly the right person to pick up a pen and starting writing that story. 3. Create communities of conversation around topics you’re passionate about and that need to be a part of the social dialogue. 4. Consider using a main platform – like a blog, a podcast, or a YouTube channel – to help you share your stories and start the conversation. 5. Take a close look at the role of women in the communities you’re a part of. What are the power dynamics at play and what impact do they have on gender equity? 6. Stories are a powerful tool to open up new ways of viewing the world for all of us, especially when it comes to equity, diversity and inclusion. 7. Collaboration is a great way to help you amplify your message and push a project to the finish line when you’re out of steam. 8. When working with a partner or collaborator, create clear roles and have the tough conversations up front, especially when it comes to money. 9. LinkedIn is a great place to find collaborators and like-minded individuals. 10.Today’s power move is to consider the communities you’re a part of, and determine how you could curate and share stories from that group to make a lasting impact. Thanks so much for listening in to today’s podcast episode. I hope the conversation won’t end here. Because I truly believe you have a story to tell and that someone is waiting to hear it. Why not reach out to me today and let’s set up a 1-hour strategy session to help you move from idea to impact. You can reach me by clicking on the contact link below. EPISODE LINKS: Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807 PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Episode 24: “Turning Play into Profit” with Theresa Bailey - https://tinyurl.com/5etb39y2 Buy the Hockey Moms Book - https://tinyurl.com/yc662fp4 Starfish Synergies - https://starfishsynergies.com/
How we keep track of our stories matters. After all, we know that stories create connection, clarity and credibility so we should be using them throughout our marketing materials whenever can.
So today, I want to introduce you to the 3R Story Tracking method which allows us to overcome the overwhelm and set up a free and simple way to keep track of our own stories.
The 3R Story Tracking Method includes three main steps: recall your stories, record your stories and retell your stories.
Recall your stories.
Use story prompts to recall your stories. A story prompt is an intentional activity that sparks your memory of a person, place, time or even a feeling in your life.
Examples of story prompts include: looking through old photo albums, reviewing old journals, sifting through old belongings, driving through old neighhourhood and listening to music that once meant a lot to you.
Record Your Stories
I always recommend that people keep track of their stories in the same place. So if you’re a lover of journals like I am, then maybe that’s the best solution for you. My advice is to keep one journal for your stories ONLY , and don’t fill it with other notes or information that will make it hard to find your stories when you’re looking for them.
A second recommendation for recording your stories is an online document, like a Google doc that you can access from anywhere at any time. That way, if you recall a story while you’re away from your desk, then you can still make a note of it in the same place you keep track of your other stories.
If you really want to take your story recording to the next level, I suggest keeping track of your stories in what I call a Story Vault which is a document I’ve shared before with my Masterclass participants. Email me today to request a copy of my Free Story Vault Template which helps sort your stories by type and purpose.
Retell Your Stories.
A few places you can retell your stories are your newsletter, your social media stories, reels and posts, your blog, podcast or YouTube channel, your presentations and workshops, at networking events and in media interviews.
Using the 3R Story Tracking Method, your brand marketing will connect more deeply with your audience, create clarity and build brand credibility.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Today I’m excited to share with you the details of my brand new Masterclass called Build Your Story Funnel. The Masterclass will be held on Wednesday, February 15th 2023 from 10 a.m. to noon EST.
If you’ve been wishing lately that you could step off the content creation treadmill and into a more meaningful relationship with your audience, then it’s time to move from content creator to community raiser.
And that’s exactly what we’re going to be covering in my new Build Your Story Funnel Masterclass.
If you’ve ever been a part of one of my Masterclasses, then you know how much it lights me up to serve women speakers, leaders and entrepreneurs just like you who are working hard to grow their brand or business.
But sometimes working harder isn’t the answer. Sometimes we need to think about working smarter.
And that’s really what Build Your Story Funnel is all about.
A story funnel is a marketing strategy that uses storytelling to move your ideal customer from being a passive content consumer into an active member of your community.
So today I want to double-dare you to invest 2 hours of your time to find out how you can start working smarter, not harder, when it comes to growing your business.
Here’s a sneak peek at what you can expect in this live, online experience:
First, we’ll be rethinking the Content Trap. This will include exploring what the content trap is and how we got here. More importantly, we’ll be discussing how can we get off the content creation treadmill while at the same time getting better results for our business.
Next, we’ll be reimagining our audience connection. In other words, what does our audience REALLY want from us and how can we give it to them without spending all of our time making Instagram reels or Tik Tok stories?
Finally, we’ll be renewing the Power of Community. And this portion of the Masterclass will focus on how we can harness the power of one-on-one interactions by moving from content creation to effective community raising.
PLUS enjoy 1-hour of private coaching within the cost of the Masterclass. You can schedule your coaching session anytime between February 15th and May 15th, so you have plenty of time to think about what you need to do to start working smarter, not harder.
I hope to see you on February 15th!
EPISODE LINKS:
Build Your Story Funnel Masterclass - https://www.powerherplatform.com/masterclass
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
In today’s episode, I’m interviewing marketing specialist Cheyanne O’Driscoll about the importance of creating an annual marketing plan.
As you’ll hear in today’s episode, even though the new year is already underway, it’s NEVER to late to create an annual plan.
Stay tuned for plenty of marketing talk and advice on goal setting and creating a marketing plan that gets results.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s interview with Cheyanne:
-
When it comes to marketing, find your niche and serve it well.
-
An annual marketing plan can be a useful tool to ensure you are taking consistent action that helps you meet your business goals.
-
If you’re not sure where to start with your goal setting, keep in mind what stage of the business cycle you’re at, and set your goals accordingly.
-
There are three stages of the business cycle: the experiential stage, the growth stage and the established stage. And as we grow, we sometimes circle back to the beginning and start all over again. So don’t be surprised if that happens for you!
-
The best day to start your annual plan is today. Don’t wait a minute longer!
-
Remember it can take 1 to 3 years to develop your business, so give yourself plenty of time to grow and make a profit.
-
Give yourself the time and space to create an effective annual marketing plan.
-
Planning is an important part of decision making. It’s a roadmap that helps us determine how we invest our time, money and energy.
-
An annual marketing plan gives you the metrics to measure your progress, including audience growth, engagement and conversion.
10.Today’s power move is think of at least ONE way you can go against the flow and adopt an unexpected marketing tactic that helps you stand out from the crowd.
Thanks so much for listening in today! If you enjoyed today’s episode, feel free to leave a rating and review on Apple Podcasts and Spotify. When you do, we’ll be able to reach even more women and help them create more impact with their story.
Until next time, keep owning yoru story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear your story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
CO’Marketing - https://comarketing.consulting/
In today’s episode, we’re going to be exploring 3 story types that can help boost your branding and get you noticed. So if you’ve been struggling to come up with new content lately for your blog, your newsletter, your social media or even your podcast, then this episode is for you. I hope it will help get your creative juices flowing.
The 3 story types are: the anecdote, the analogy and the activator story.
The first story type is the Anecdote. An anecdote is a simple, short story about an actual person or event. And the purpose of an anecdote is to create deeper audience connection.
The important thing to remember when using anecdotes in your story branding is that they shouldn’t be random. They should tie in with one of your main storytelling pillars which I’ve talked about several times before in this podcast, but in episode #14 in particular.
Follow the KISS (Keep It Simple Sister) approach when sharing anecdotes. Avoid long, meandering tales where people are guaranteed to lose interest, get bored and eventually tune you out completely. Instead, keep your story on track and to the point.
The second story type we can develop as a part of our story branding is the Analogy. The purpose of an analogy is to create clarity around your main message. Analogies are all about comparing two things that are alike so a more abstract concept becomes clear for your audience.
Choose analogies using concepts or objects that are familiar to your audience and use them to link to more complex concepts you may be talking about in your brand storytelling.
The third and final story type I want to talk about today is the Activator. An activator story is designed to motivate your audience to action (see Ep. 111).
An activator story clearly demonstrates what can happen when a) you take action or b) you fail to take action. One approach is meant to inspire while the other is mean to serve as a cautionary tale. And both can be effective.
If you’re looking to support to build out any of the story types we’ve discussed today, then be sure to reach out to me today! Together, we can get your story into motion and help create the type of results you’ve been looking for.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice – because the world is waiting to hear YOUR story!
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Episode 111 - https://tinyurl.com/mra8vt9n
In today’s episode, I’m interviewing Abena Green who is an award-winning spoken word poet, author and teacher who helps others elevate their lives through words and movement.
A first-generation Canadian raised in Antigonish, Nova Scotia, Abena writes on experiences in small-town living, culture, the environment, family, love, courage, and fear. She has performed her poetry in Ghana, Ethiopia, Rwanda and Canada, and has been featured in both the Canadian Festival of Spoken Word and Canadian Individual Poetry Slam.
In today’s interview, Abena and I discuss the importance of giving ourselves permission to pursue a messy, creative process. We also talk about the power of words and how we can create a writing habit that leads to stronger brand storytelling.
By the way, you’re going to hear Abena’s little one, Somi, on this podcast episode as well. Just hearing her juggle the role of motherhood and being a creative entrepreneur took me back a few years to when my own kids were young.
I deliberately left the baby’s cry in this episode for a reason.
First, because it’s a strong reminder that no matter what season of life we’re in, there is room for creativity.
And second, it’s a reminder that we’re always being watched by a younger generation – so to hold off on our own dreams doesn’t serve anyone, including our children.
Here are my Top 10 takeaways from today’s interview with poet and performer Abena Green:
-
Let your feet be where they are, and embrace the season you’re in.
-
Give yourself permission to tell your own story in a way that’s authentic to you.
-
Give your story space to grow and get better over time.
-
Develop a storytelling discipline that works for your schedule and season of life.
-
Excavate the gold at the heart of your story and share it with others.
-
Carve out time for yourself to write and create new messaging for your brand or business.
-
Make creative time a non-negotiable part of your schedule.
-
Prioritize your own self-expression through art, or writing, music, dance or any form that lights you up!
-
What moves us is at the heart of our story.
10.Today’s power move is to challenge yourself to find a NEW way of saying old things. When you do, it will grab your audience’s attention.
Thanks so much for listening in to today’s podcast interview. If you enjoyed it, please take a moment to subscribe, rate and review the Power Your Platform Podcast on Spotify and Apple Podcasts. When you do, we’ll be able to reach even more women to help them make an impact with their story.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear YOUR story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Take the 60-Second Storytelling Quiz - https://www.powerherplatform.com/quiz
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Learn about Abena Green - https://www.instagram.com/a_belovedgreen/
Here we are at the start of a brand new year – and what better time to join a 21-Day Story Dare Challenge than right now inside our free Power Your Platform Facebook group?
If you’re already a member of our free community, then you’ll know that we frequently host 21-Day story challenges to help us flex our storytelling muscles and keep our marketing content fresh and relevant.
In our first 21-Day challenge of 2023, I’m daring you to take your storytelling skills to the next level. The goal is to help you grow your audience, increase your revenues and create a greater impact in the new year.
So if those two goals are in line with your own vision for 2023, then you won’t want to miss out on this free opportunity.
And hey -- I’ll let you in on a secret: my own personal word of the year for 2023 is DARE, so I expect you’ll see this theme weaving its way through this podcast, inside our Story Fuel newsletter, as a part of our Masterclasses and coaching sessions, as well as throughout our social media.
So what do you say? Do you dare take part in our first 21 Day Challenge of 2023? If so, it could be the boost you need to start your business off in the right direction this year.
To join our 21 Day Story Dare Challenge today, click here > https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Welcome to the final episode of the Power Your Platform Podcast for 2022!
Well, it’s been a year, hasn’t it? Let’s be honest: there have bene a lot of ups and downs and uncertainties, but here we are. Still standing and still looking forward to what comes next.
But before we dive into 2023, I want to take a quick look back at some cool facts that Spotify shared with us recently about the Power Your Platform Podcast.
Among them is our top-ranked episode for 2022 – can you guess which one it is? Don’t worry, I’ll be sharing it with you in just a moment in its entirety -- so stay tuned!
For now, here are 3 fun facts we learned from Spotify about our podcast activity in 2022.
First, we learned that the Power Your Platform podcast was ranked this year in the top 20% of most followed podcasts in the world. So I’m pretty excited about that, considering we’ve been around for just over a year.
Here’s another cool fact: in the past 12 months, Power Your Platform produced 1,920 minutes of new content. That equates to about 32 hours of podcast listening, and it’s actually more content than 97% of all other business podcasts produced in 2022. So for those of you who are our die-hard fans who listened in to all our 79 new episodes in 2022, THANK YOU for tuning in! I hope you discovered a few helpful aha moments along the way…
Speaking of our podcast fans, Spotify has a number of categories to describe, well, you! When it comes to the listeners of this podcast, Spotify says our fans are known as Devotees. Spotify tells us, “When your fans love a podcast, they really love it. They’re quick to support new releases and play their favourite episodes over and over.” So if this describes you today – THANK YOU! We definitely wouldn’t be here without you!
And finally, I learned that 75% of our listeners found us in 2022 – which means one thing to me: we’re growing! And looking forward to the months ahead, I’m confident that trend will continue – but we need YOUR help!
Please continue to share the Power Your Platform Podcast with your friends, family and colleagues. When you do, we’ll be able to reach even more women with the message that their story matters.
So now it’s time to dive into our most listened to podcast episode of 2022. Are you ready for it? For the record, it’s episode #52 which is titled, “How to Get Started Before You Feel Ready”. So here it is one more time – and I’ll see YOU next year!
EPISODE LINKS:
Take the 60-Second Storytelling Quiz - https://www.powerherplatform.com/quiz
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
The 3 Word Rebellion Book - https://tinyurl.com/2rvu27nh
When it comes to holiday storytelling, one of the oldest and best-loved tales of all time is of course The Grinch Who Stole Christmas written by Dr. Seuss. Long before this book was ever a movie, kids were reading about the Grinch and cheering on Cindy Lou Who and her friends as they battled it out to save their beloved Whoville Christmas.
So just for fun, in today’s episode, we’re going to explore 3 storytelling lessons we can all learn from the Grinch – and yes, they’re directly applicable to your brand or business.
I would argue that there are 3 timeless lessons we can all learn about brand storytelling from the Grinch Who Stole Christmas.
Lesson 1 - Have a vision of what’s possible.
As the original book tells us, the Grinch lived just North of Whoville in a cave that overlooked the town.
Now, if you’ve ever climbed to the top of any hill or mountain, you know that looking out over a landscape from a higher altitude is going to give you a different perspective on things.
So let’s apply this concept to our own brand storytelling. When was the last time you took a bird’s eye view of your brand or business? When we’re looking at our story up close, we tend to miss out on some pretty important elements that we might see if we took a few steps back.
My advice is to step back and remember why you started your business in the first place. Your why or “purpose story” is one of those stories you can be sharing with your audience. Even if you’ve shared it before, you can remind your audience why your brand exists, and in the process, you can remember why you started in the first place.
Lesson 2 - Try new things.
When the Grinch gets his “awful idea” to steal Christmas from the people of Whoville, he makes himself a Santy-claus hat and coat to disguise himself as Old Saint Nick. He also dresses up his dog Max as a reindeer, and throws some empty sacks on a ramshackle sleigh.
All three of these tricks were new for the Grinch, but he was bound and determined to realize his goal of stealing Christmas from the Whos.
So let me ask you this: when was the last time YOU tried something new in your business? I’m not talking about pivoting – we’ve all had our share of that over the last few years. I’m talking about getting excited about trying a new tool or technique or tactic to really connect with your audience. If you look around, there are probably a lot of things you can build on inside your existing business to reach new customers and clients, connections or even launch a new initiative.
Just be sure to try new things that keep in line with your vision (see Lesson 1).
Lesson 3 - Be an action taker.
When it comes to transformation, the Grinch was hoping to take his audience from happy to hopeless. And in his vain attempt to steal Christmas, he set out a series of steps to help lead him to his end goal.
Now, obviously his plan failed because “Christmas, after all, doesn’t come from a store” as this famous children’s story teaches us.
But it does provide a key point which is that taking action requires you to know the transformation you’re looking to achieve. So my challenge for you in this final lesson is to think about where your audience is starting and where you want them to end up. And then consider the actions that you need to take in between in order to get them there.
Merry Christmas, everyone!
As we head into a brand new year, I thought it would be a great opportunity to take a look back at 2022 and ask 10 questions to spark your memory and your imagination, so you can head into 2023 with fresh focus and brand storytelling enthusiasm.
Question #1: I started out 2022 by talking about the importance of the Slow Grow in Episode #49. Which of the following steps are required when adopting a Slow Grow mentality in your business?
a) Manage your expectations
b) Stop comparing yourself to others
c) Be wise with your business spending
d) All of the above
Question #2: When it comes to getting started before you feel like you’re ready, which of the following is NOT one of the steps to follow to help you get started before you feel ready?
a) Remember your purpose.
b) Start by taking giant leaps
c) Find your tribe.
Question #3: Over the past year, I’ve shared several times about the top 3 platforms I encourage my clients to consider when creating a main platform for their brand or their business. Can you name all three?
Question #4. Which of the following names does NOT appear on our list of the Top 50 Female Storytellers of all Time?
A) Albert Einstein
B) Walt Disney
C) Steve Jobs
D) All of the above
Question #5: In Episode 72, I addressed an audience question about how to do what we love and get paid for it. My answer was to find your “reason for being” which is a combination of what you love, what you’re good at, what the world needs and what you can be paid for. Do you remember the Japanese word that encompasses this philosophy?
Question #6: In Episode 78, I talk about Joyful Storytelling, and in this episode I mention the 3 keys to creating a joyful storytelling practice. Which of the following is NOT one of those three steps?
A) Look for the laughter
B) Do it alone
C) Prioritize play and creativity
Question 7: In Episode 82 I revealed my secret success weapon. Do you remember what it is?
Question 8: In Episode 87, I shared 5 storytelling lessons I learned from a famous female chef. Do you remember who she was?
Question #9 – In Episode 96, we talked about how to get your BIG idea off the ground. In this episode, what did the word BIG stand for?
Question #10: In Episode 111, I talk about the critical story that many business owners are missing from their sales messaging . Do you remember what it is?
What were YOUR big takeaways from this podcast in 2022? I’d love to hear from you!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Ep. 49 – https://tinyurl.com/ycytvr9v
Ep. 52 - https://tinyurl.com/ya8w6hf2
Ep. 72 – https://tinyurl.com/2h7jawsf
Ep. 78 – https://tinyurl.com/4ucnjatv
Ep. 82 – https://tinyurl.com/3fetsnhy
Ep. 87 - https://tinyurl.com/3dj5m3u8
Ep. 96 – https://tinyurl.com/2zvdktzy
Ep. 111 - https://tinyurl.com/mra8vt9n
In today’s episode, I’m interviewing Diana Renelli, a Toronto-based branding photographer who works with women to help them build a strong visual identity.
Because the truth is that being visible is vital to the success of our brand or business. And today, we’re going to address some of the objections we have as women to getting our photograph taken.
PLUS Diana shares some great tips for making the most of your next photography session, along with some reminders about how visual storytelling can enhance your overall brand strategy. In this interview, we go behind the lens to learn more about visual storytelling.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s podcast episode:
-
We are the face of our brand or business, so we need to be brave and put our best face forward.
-
We’re all photogenic – we just need the right person to help us shine on camera.
-
Be clear on your overall brand strategy and know where you will be using your photos.
-
Be confident in knowing what you want to communicate to your audience before you book a photo session.
-
Images work in tandem with words in our story: so we need both to build a truly powerful brand.
-
Visualizing your audience while being photographed can help you create a more authentic connection through your visual images.
-
Create a Pinterest board to show a photographer the feel and look you’re after in your photo session.
-
Having a variety of professional brand photos on-hand is a smart way to prepare for future opportunities.
-
Vulnerability is a part of sharing our visual story – but don’t let it stop you from adding branded visuals to your story.
-
Remember, it’s not about looking pretty in your photos – it’s about intentionally communicating your brand’s key messages.
Thank so much for listening in to today’s podcast episode! If you’re looking for support when it comes to building an overall brand strategy for your business, be sure to reach out to me using the contact links below. Together, we can get your story noticed.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear YOUR story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Take the 60-Second Storytelling Quiz - https://www.powerherplatform.com/quiz
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Diana Renelli Web Site - https://dianarenelli.com/
In today’s episode we’re going to be dropping in on another live coaching call with me and a woman entrepreneur just like you. This time, my conversation is with Christine Peets of Aging Backwards with Christine. Christine has some questions about how to reach her audience by creating a simple marketing strategy that will build trust with her ideal clients.
So for those of you who are listening who are also finding it difficult to remain top-of-mind with your target group of clients or customers, I hope you find today’s coaching call helpful.
And hey, if you’re interested in receiving a free, 30-minute coaching call that we can air right here on the Power Your Platform Podcast, then reach out to me today by clicking on the contact link below. I’d love to chat with you and find out if your question is a fit for this show.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice – because the world is waiting to hear YOUR story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Take the 60-Second Storytelling Quiz - https://www.powerherplatform.com/quiz
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Christine Peets Web Site - https://christinepeets.ca/
Aging Backwards with Christine Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/538912161402244
In today’s episode, I’m sharing with you a clip from a Masterclass I delivered a few weeks ago with a group of incredible women.
The Masterclass was delivered in 3 parts, but in the clip I’m sharing with you today, I want to focus in on a core element that I truly believe is necessary to achieve story gold.
So in today’s Masterclass clip, you’ll hear me sharing the 3 keys we require in order to develop a storytelling habit.
And I hope you’ll find some aha moments as you listen.
In a nutshell, the 3 keys for creating a storytelling habit are:
-
Choose the platform that's right for you.
-
Create content your audience values.
-
Show up consistently.
PLUS, here are three questions to ask yourself regularly to ensure you're on the path to consistency:
-
Where I am I showing up for my audience?
-
How often am I showing up?
-
What am I delivering once I get there?
EPISODE LINKS:
Take the 60-Second Storytelling Quiz - https://www.powerherplatform.com/quiz
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today’s episode, I’m sitting down with Elizabeth Verwey to talk about how mentorship can help us take our story to the next level. As the author of the book “The Mentor’s Circle”, Elizabeth has mentored thousands of business owners over the past 25 years.
In today’s podcast interview, Elizabeth and I discuss the value of mentorship as well as how we can become mentors to those in our own circle of influence. We’ll also explore why it’s so valuable when women mentor other women, and how we can find a mentor of our own.
If you’re anything like me, then you’re have at LEAST one or two aha moment sin this episode – if not more! And you’ll definitely want to stick around right to the very end of this episode. That’s when I’ll be sharing my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s conversation with Elizabeth. I’ll also be sharing those same takeaways inside our free Power Your Platform Facebook group so be sure to visit us there after the show. Click below to join!
PLUS use the promo code FRIENDS-JFG for 10% off any package available on Elizabeth's web site below.
Here are my top 10 takeaways from today’s conversation with Elizabeth:
-
Mentors are everywhere – we just have to keep our eyes open for them!
-
If you want to learn from someone else, the first step is let go of our resistance and ASK for help.
-
There are three types of mentors: formal mentors, informal mentors and accidental mentors. And we can benefit from all three types.
-
If you can’t find what you’re looking for, create it!
-
We have all the tools we need to launch our idea today – we just need to take the first step.
-
Start small and see where things grow.
-
Your reach and influence is often greater than you think.
-
When a woman mentors another woman, she often understands the complexities of the woman’s life.
-
When we help others, we heal ourselves.
-
Today’s Power Move is to create a list of 100 mentors and fill it with people you meet. You never know where mentorship will lead you!
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Spoken Lives Web site - https://spokenlives.com/
PARO - https://paro.ca/
The Mentors Circle book by Elizabeth Verwey - https://www.amazon.ca/Mentors-Circle-Clearing-business-growth-ebook/dp/B010CLBNZW
Discount code for Elizabeth's programs and services: FRIENDS-JFG
Is there anything more frustrating than spending hours and hours putting together a beautiful puzzle only to discover that a single piece of the final scene is missing?
The fact is, the same happens all the time when it comes to our brand marketing. Maybe we’ve done our homework and we know our ideal audience inside and out. Maybe we’re even super-clear on what product or service we have to offer our audience. And better still, we know how to get our audience’s attention and we do it successfully… but then…. Nothing. It’s crickets instead of cha ching! And we wonder where we went wrong.
As a story coach, I work with my clients to make sure they have ALL the pieces of their brand story in place when they’re creating a plan to reach their core audience. But the truth is that when many of them come to me, they’re missing a vital piece of the puzzle.
And that piece is the call to action. Even if you’re not familiar with the term, I guarantee you’ve seen calls to action before. You’ve probably even responded to them yourself! A call to action is a short prompt that invites your audience to make a move – and not just any move, but a move that will bring them into closer contact with your business and ultimately a purchase.
Here are a few examples: Subscribe here. Sign up now. Join our mailing list. Become a member. Learn more. Talk to us. Join the fight! While calls-to-action are all around us, I think sometimes we need to step back and take a look at our own marketing messages to make sure we haven’t left out this important piece of the sales puzzle.
Because no matter how much you may inspire or entertain or educate your audience, if you don’t round out your messaging with a clear call to action, then your story will never lead to a sale. And hey, as a business owner, that’s just really bad news.
So to help with the call-to-action process, I’ve got 3 tips for you today to help boost your sales messaging, whether that’s through your next social media, newsletters, blog articles, workshops, podcast or YouTube episodes.
-
Keep it simple.
-
Feature your ask prominently in your messaging.
-
Create a sense of urgency that inspires your audience to make a move.
Listen to the full episode to learn more -- and remember, if you’re looking for some support in creating a call-to-action for YOUR next messaging campaign, be sure to reach out to me today!
EPISODE LINKS:
Episode 76: How to Grow Your Audience with Storytelling - https://tinyurl.com/288797yt
Take the 60-Second Storytelling Quiz - https://www.powerherplatform.com/quiz
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome back to another on-air coaching call on the Power Your Platform Podcast. In today’s episode, you’re going to get a chance to sit in on a live coaching call between me and one of my clients, Elizabeth Nicholas of the Trenton Military Family Resource Centre.
If you’re a military spouse or you know someone who is, then you know just how challenging it can be to find meaningful employment when you’re being posted all over the world every couple of years. Liz is one of those people who helps support military spouses in the career transition process, and one of the tools she’s using to do that is her new podcast called Your Employment Detective.
In today’s on-air coaching call, you’ll hear me and Liz brainstorm ideas to promote her new podcast, including tweaking some of her current communication approaches and considering some brand new ones as well.
So if you’re in the same position as Liz and you’re looking to promote your podcast, your brand or your business, then be sure to stay tuned because there are a lot of aha moments to come!
If you’re interested in a free, 30-minute on air coaching call with me, I’d love to hear from you! Email me at powerherplatform@gmail.com and let's chat about your question and whether it would be a good fit to air here on the Power Your Platform Podcast.
For now, let’s get ready to talk podcast promotion with Elizabeth Nicholas of the Trenton Military Family Resource Centre.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Trenton Military Family Resource Centre (MFRC) - https://trentonmfrc.ca/
Your Employment Detective Podcast - https://open.spotify.com/show/4vgoM1N202yisluImR7ZW4
The True Colours Personality Test – https://www.truecolorsintl.com/about
Linktr.ee - https://linktr.ee/
In today’s episode, we’re exploring the idea of story diamonds and how finding yours can help transform your connection with your audience.
In particular, I’ll be sharing the 4Cs that can help you distinguish your story diamonds from your story duds. I’ll also discuss why knowing the difference between the two can help you become a more effective brand builder.
Gemologists say a jewel’s true value comes down to four factors: the cut, the colour, the clarity and the carat. Otherwise known as the 4 Cs.
So what does this have to do with storytelling?
Well, the fact is that a big part of being an effective storyteller is knowing how to spot a story diamond. After all, we’re surrounded by stories, aren’t we? They’re everywhere! There are stories in our email inbox, stories in the magazines we read, stories on the podcasts we listen to, and stories all over social media.
But not every story has the power to make a profound impact.
Most stories hold little if any value for us and we scroll right past or delete them from our inbox.
But once in a while, we come across a priceless story that catches the light and holds our attention. It may even change our life. And THAT is the very definition of a story diamond: an idea that makes us stop, take notice and say “Wow, THAT is priceless!”
The good news is that we all have story diamonds buried inside of us. And when we take the time to uncover them using the 4Cs, we’re able to transform our rough story diamonds into priceless masterpieces.
So a true story diamond has four common elements that I’ll be sharing today:
-
Clarity – Keep your story clear and focused
-
Cut – Edit out any unnecessary details or detours
-
Colour – Add fun and enthusiasm!
-
Carat – Add some “weight” in the form of a key takeaway.
When we put all four of those elements together, you can be sure your story is going to SHINE!
If you’re looking for support to dust off your own brand or business stories and determine which are the story diamonds and which are the story duds, then be sure to reach out to me today.
And be sure to join us inside our FREE Power Your Platform Facebook group starting today to take part in our 21 Days of Story Diamonds! Click on the link below to join the group today.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today’s episode, I’m sharing an audience question from one of my recent online workshops which was all about moving from Idea to Impact.
At the end of the workshop, one of our audience members asked a question about reframing the idea of bragging when it comes to sharing our own story. And I realize that this is a question that comes up a lot, particularly among the women I coach.
So I thought there would be some value today in sharing the question and my answer during the live workshop, as well as expanding on it just a little more in this episode. So I hope you’ll enjoy being a fly on the wall as I share with you today’s audience question.
I also want to follow up on my answer to today’s audience question with 3 additional tips to help you become more confident in sharing your brand story. Because, let’s be honest, it can daunting at times to put ourselves out there, especially if we’re concerned that people might think we’re showing off a bit.
Those three tips are:
-
Be confident in your purpose.
-
Be confident in your experience.
-
Be confident in your message.
And remember, if you’re struggling to come up with your core message, feel free to reach out to me to book a 1-hour strategy session by clicking on the link below.
Together, we can create an effective messaging campaign that cuts through the clutter and positions you as an authority figure in your own brand category.
EPISODE LINKS: Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Subscribe to our
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
I’ve got a special treat for you today. Many of you have been asking me about what it takes to build a story brand, so in today’s episode, I’m bringing you the audio portion of a mini class I recorded a little while ago called “How to Create a Story Brand”. It’s full of great tactical tips for creating more impact with your brand using storytelling and I hope it will be a great help to you.
If you’d like to view the full mini-class in video format, you can head to my web site (see link below) and download the Mini Class there. I know some of you prefer a visual element to your learning, so if that’s helpful, you can check it out.
Today’s mini class is going to cover what a story brand is, the 4-step Story Fuel process and how to identify and overcome your story blockers.
So stay tuned – and as always, feel free to share this episode with your friends and followers -- if you’re REALLY excited about what you hear, I’d love if you would leave us a rating and a review on Apple Podcasts. When you do, we’ll be able to reach even more women and help them amplify their own voices.
For now, let’s get cozy and listen in to today’s mini class on How to Create a Story Brand.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Mini Class: How to Create a Story Brand - https://www.powerherplatform.com/new-mini-class
Today you’re going to hear a live coaching session with one of my amazing clients. So for those of you who have never worked with a coach before – or who have never worked with me specifically – today’s coaching call may give you some insight into what it means to work with a Story Coach.
My coaching client on the call today is Tammy Watson who is the owner of The Canadian Handywoman. Like her business name suggests, Tammy knows her way around a toolbox and her idea of fun is getting to play with a brand new power tool. So with her current business, Tammy serves mostly cottage owners who are looking for small repairs and renovations. But in today’s episode, you’ll hear that Tammy is interested in creating a new service within her existing business. And she has some questions around how to name it.
So listen in, and if YOU are interested in a free, 30-minute on-air coaching call with me, click on the contact button below. Let’s get YOU moving from idea to impact today!
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Global Brand Database - https://branddb.wipo.int/branddb/en/
The Canadian Handywoman - https://www.canadianhandywoman.com/
The Canadian Handywoman on Facebook - https://m.facebook.com/thecanadianhandywoman/
In today’s episode, I’m excited to introduce you to a powerhouse woman who took her tech company from zero dollars in revenue to more than $50 million. Margaret Hachey has been named one of the Top 10 Women Business Owners in Canada and now serves as the Managing Director of GroYourBiz, an organization that builds peer-to-peer advisory boards for women entrepreneurs.
At just 10 years old, Marg started out her entrepreneurial journey by sell guppies -- and she never looked back. In today’s episode, Marg shares with us a few of the secrets that helped her build her blockbuster business PLUS why advisory boards play such a key role in business growth. You’re not going to want to miss today’s conversation so stay tuned!
Here are are my Top 10 takeaways from today’s conversation with Marg Hachey of GroYourBiz:
-
No one of us is as smart as all of us – so make sure you’re a part of a larger community that can nurture your story and boost your business.
-
The answer is always no until you ask. So don’t be afraid to ask for what you want.
-
If there’s a gap in your skillset, surround yourself with people who will help you fill in the cracks of your knowledge and expertise.
-
Never underestimate the power of word of mouth marketing.
-
Partnership and collaboration are a smart way to grow your business and stretch your budget further.
-
It’s ok to break the rules. Give yourself permission and get comfortable with risk-taking.
-
Take the time to get to know your ideal audience and what matters most to them.
-
Embrace market testing; it’s the best way to create a product or service worth selling.
-
We all need support. Find your tribe and do what you can to support them in return.
-
Sharing stories is what connects us, empowers us and equips us for change.
Thanks so much for listening in to this interview today. If you enjoyed it, take a screen shot and be sure to share this podcast with others. And don’t forget to tag @powerYourplatform. We’d love to share your takeaways with our followers.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the word is waiting to hear YOUR story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
GroYourBiz - https://groyourbiz.com/
When was the last time life threw YOU a plot twist? I’m talking about an unexpected turn of events that really shifted your story path… for better or for worse. The truth is, we all experience plot twists, don’t we? But how we respond to them and how we use them to connect with our core audience is what makes all the difference when it comes to building a relatable story brand.
As any seasoned movie goer knows, a good plot twist is vital when it comes to grabbing and holding an audience’s attention. And the same is true when it comes to brand storytelling.
So today as we talk about plot twists, I’m going to be using four movie analogies to help us connect the storytelling elements we can look for inside our own life experiences.
Ok, so let’s dive into the four main plot twists types. They are:
The Reversal of Fortune - The reason this storytelling technique has always worked so well with audiences is that as humans we can relate when we hear stories about other people’s struggles. Even if those struggles are different than our own, the frustration and exhaustion and fear and desperation that result are all emotions we can relate to.
But when we encounter a rags-to-riches plot twist, we’re encouraged by the hopeful ending.
What are the “rags to riches” elements of your own business story? Did you build your business from scratch? Did you come from humble beginnings? Consider how these could be of interest to your audience.
The Revenge of the Underdog – We’ve all been the underdog before, so we inevitably cheer on the underdogs in stories. We’ve all been in the situation where we’ve felt we were facing insurmountable odds. At its heart, the underdog story pits a weaker or less-equipped character against another stronger, more prepared character. It’s clear from the outset who the underdog is and just how difficult it will be for them to come out on top.
Think of your own underdog stories. Did you build your business from scratch at your kitchen table? Did you start ou tin a small town no one has ever heard of? What odds were stacked against YOU? Tell your audience about it…
The Quest for Meaning – Many companies today that have built their brand story around this idea of a search for deeper meaning and/or a social mission. We call these purpose-driven businesses. Think of Toms Shoes, The Body Shoppe and Ben & Jerry’s Ice Cream.
In each case, these companies claim to have a double bottom line which includes not only financial profit, but social profit as well.
Is there a deeper meaning for YOUR business? Be sure to share it with your audience.
The Unexpected Encounter – This plot twist is familiar to many of us. Perhaps we’ve been moving through life and found ourselves in a familiar pattern when suddenly – quite unexpectedly – we meet someone who shifts our mindset or causes us to look at life in a brand new way.
Has an unexpected encounter ever caused you to look at your business in a brand new light? Maybe that change encounter actually caused you to rethink or reshape your business.
Sometimes the best collaborations and partnerships come out of unexpected encounters. The more unexpected, the more interesting! Share them with your audience.
I’d love to hear about which one of these plot twists jives with your own brand or business, so be sure to let me know by clicking the contact button below!
EPISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
In today’s episode we’re going to be hearing from CBC news editor and presenter Sonja Koenig who has made a career of storytelling.
In today’s episode, Sonja and I talk about what distinguishes a good story from a GREAT story, and how YOU can be more effective when it comes to sharing your own story with the media.
She’ll also share with us “the story that got away” and point us in the direction of the hidden opportunities that exist to share YOUR story on a local, national or even a global stage.
There were so many knowledge nuggets buried inside today’s episode, I was taking furious notes throughout the entire conversation. And I hope you do too!
Here are my Top 10 takeaways from today’s interview with the CBC’s Sonja Koenig:
-
Let your curiosity lead the way.
-
Explore new territory, even when it takes you outside your comfort zone.
-
Move your audience from thinking about your topic to feeling something about your topic.
-
Own your story and tell it in a way that’s authentic to you.
-
Build a rapport with individual journalists and help them out when you can.
-
Study the media landscape and find the right home for your story.
-
Tailor your message for the media outlet you’re approaching; one size does not fit all when it comes to media outreach.
-
Look for the hidden media opportunities to get your story out, including becoming an expert commentator.
-
The more we practice storytelling, the better we’ll get.
-
If you have a compelling story, people will listen.
Thank so much for listening in to today’s podcast episode! If you’re looking for support when it comes to building a media strategy for your brand or business, be sure to reach out to me at powerherplatform@gmail.com. Together, we can get your story noticed!
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear YOUR story.
E
PISODE LINKS:
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Today I want to open up a discussion about a question that’s come up a lot lately with my clients and within the general Power Your Platform community. And that question is: is there enough room for MY story on the shelf? The more I speak with women speakers, leaders and entrepreneurs, the more I hear the concern that all the stories have already been told, and the market is already flooded with content: so how could mine ever make an impact?
But the truth is that YOUR story has NEVER been told – not in the exact way you can tell it.
So if you’ve been reluctant to share your story because you believe there’s no room for your story on the shelf, then this episode is an open invitation to reconsider that thought.
Yes, it can be daunting at times to think about where our own story fits in relation to all the other stories – big and small – that have already been shared in the world. But that’s where this podcast comes in as the story coach in your back pocket, encouraging you to move past your fears and find your space on the shelf.
Because there has NEVER been a better time to share YOUR story.
So that’s what we’re going to get into today. Besides reinforcing the message that there IS room for your story, I want to give you three tools to help you get your story noticed.
-
Know your value category.
-
Create an attention-grabbing cover
-
Give it a catchy title.
And remember, if you’re ever feeling stuck with any of these strategies, be sure to reach out to me at powerherplatform@gmail.com and let’s book a 1-hour strategy session. We can work at naming or renaming your key content to ensure you’re getting noticed and that your sales messaging is getting you the results you’re looking for!
EPISODE LINKS:
Unlock Your Story Vault Masterclass + Coaching Series - https://www.powerherplatform.com/unlockyourstoryvault
Contact Me - https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today’s episode, I’m excited to announce that there will be a few new features you can look forward to here on the Power Your Platform Podcast this year.
First, I want YOU to get more involved in this podcast, and I’ve so created a way for you to be a part of the content. I’ve decided that as often as I can, I’m going to build episodes around specific audience questions. So if you have a question about marketing or branding or how to share your story with confidence, then I encourage you to send me a voice memo through the direct message feature of Instagram. All you need to do is go to our Power Your Platform Instagram page and hit “message”. Then instead of typing your message, hit the little microphone and record your message. That way, I can include a portion of it on the podcast for everyone to hear.
The second new feature is that I’m going to be offering some free, on-air coaching calls this season. So if you’re interested in a free, 30-minute strategy session that’s recorded and could be shared with our podcast audience in the future, be sure to click on the Coaching Application below. I’ll be sure to get in touch and if the fit is right, we’ll schedule your 30-minute, free session.
Next, I’m happy to say we’ll be continuing to share interviews with diverse and interesting women like YOU this season, so if you feel you have a business story that’s worth sharing with our audience, go ahead and drop me a line! Again, you can reach out to powerherplatform@gmail.com. In addition to these 3 new ways YOU can get involved with the Power Your Platform podcast, I’m excited to share that I’ll be continuing to offer solo episodes where we learn about different aspects of authentic storytelling and how you can do it with confidence. I’ll also be bringing you some of my own favourite stories from female speakers, leaders and entrepreneurs. So be sure to stay tuned!
Finally, I want to share with you that this Season, we’ll be making the shift from two episodes a week to one episode a week, and there are a couple of reasons for this. First, I’ve had some audience members reach out to say that it’s hard to keep with two episodes a week and that they always feel like they’re falling behind on their listening.
If that’s you, then relax and enjoy the single episode that will be coming out each Tuesday on your favourite podcasting app! And don’t worry: for those of you who enjoy multiple episodes a week, we’ll still be sneaking in some bonus episodes for you to listen to, so you can look forward to those!
The second reason why I’ll be producing only one episode a week is that I want to make more time for my one-on-one and small group coaching sessions. Many of you have been reaching out to ask for support and guidance as you build your personal or professional brand, and are looking for ways to create impact using authentic storytelling.
I’m happy to say that I’ll now be able to serve even more clients than ever! And if moving from idea to impact is something you’ve been struggling with, then go ahead and reach out to me at powerherplatform@gmail.com and let’s book a 1-hour strategy session to get started. The good news is that sometimes all it takes is a single conversation to get you over the hurdle you’ve been facing and put your idea into motion.
EPISODE LINKS:
Unlock Your Story Vault Masterclass + Coaching Series - https://www.powerherplatform.com/unlockyourstoryvault
On-Air Coaching Application - https://tinyurl.com/ybwx9mjr
Contact Me - https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome back to the Power Your Platform Summer Repast Series! During the summer months, I’ve been sharing the replay or recasting of some of our most popular podcast episodes. Today I’m bringing you a replay of Episode 85 where I talk about the 3 Myths of Being an Expert. Because the truth is, you’re more of an expert than you think – and I hope this episode can help prove it.
And let me just mention that if you’ve been working on an idea this summer that you want to set into motion this fall, then be sure to reach out to me. I’d love to support you with my business-minded story coaching strategies to move YOU from idea to impact. If you’re interested in working together, send me a direct message on Facebook or Instagram at @poweryourplatform or contact me through the web site link below.
I’d love to connect with you today!
EPISODE LINKS:
Episode Transcript for “You’re More of an Expert Than You Think” – https://www.powerherplatform.com/post/the-3-myths-about-being-an-expert
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome to the Power Your Platform Summer Recast Series! During the summer months, I’m sharing the replay or recasting of some of our most popular podcast episodes.
Today I'm bringing you a replay of Episode 70 which answers the question, “How Does Story Coaching Work?”
As many of you know, I’ve been coaching women speakers, leaders and entrepreneurs for more than 20 years now, and I’m a big believer that there has never been a more important time for women’s voices to be heard.
So my mission is to help equip and empower women just like you to own their story, follow their purpose and raise their voice. Because I really do believe that your story is the key to unlocking the next level of your personal and professional goals.
And if you’re interested in learning more about story coaching, then feel free to send me a DM through my social media channels at @poweryourplaform on Facebook and Instagram or reach out by email at powerherplatform@gmail.com. I’d love to connect with you today!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome back to the Power Your Platform Summer Recast Series!
All summer long, I’ve been sharing the replay or recast of some of our most popular podcast episodes. So today, I’m pleased to bring you a replay of Episode 68 which talks about how to Be a Part of the Story Wave.
And I’m not sure if you’ve been to any baseball games this summer, but my 18th-year-old son is an elite baseball player, and he’s been playing all over North American for the past few months. So needless to say, I’m a baseball mom. And today’s episode is all about that age-old fan experience of doing the wave – only this time, with a storytelling twist.
So be sure to tune in, and don’t be shy! Let me know your key takeaways ways from today’s episode by posting your feedback on social media. And when you do, be sure to tag @poweryourplatform so I can share your comments with my own followers.
For now, let’s take this show to the ballpark – because it’s time to be a part of the Story wave!
EPISODE LINKS:
Episode Transcript for “Be a Part of the Story Wave” – https://www.powerherplatform.com/post/___68
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome back to our Power Your Platform Summer Recast Series. This summer, as I transition to a new home and a new city with my family, I’ve decided to bring you the replays – or recasts – of some of our most popular podcast episodes.
Today I’m share with you one of our past bonus episodes on Why I No Longer Believe in Faking It Till You Make It.
And I hope it will inspire you to be the best version of yourself, rather than trying to be a knock-off version of someone else.
By the way, I’d love to hear what YOU’RE up to this summer! Feel free to send me a DM through my social media channels at @poweryourplaform on Facebook and Instagram or reach out by email at powerherplatform@gmail.com. I’d love to connect with you today!
For now, let’s dig into today’s episode on why I no longer believe in faking it till you make it.
EPISODE LINKS:
Episode Transcript for “Why I No Longer Believe in Faking It Till You Make It” - https://www.powerherplatform.com/post/why-i-no-longer-believe-in-faking-it-till-you-make-it
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome back to our Power Your Platform Summer Recast Series. Over the summer months, I’m taking some time to settle into a new city with my family, so I’m bringing you the replays – or recasts – of some of our most popular podcast episodes.
Today, I’m excited to bring you a replay of Episode 57 which discusses where the best ideas come from!
I hope the episode sparks some new ideas for you!
EPISODE LINKS:
Episode Transcript for “Where the Best Ideas Come From” - https://www.powerherplatform.com/post/___43
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome back to our Power Your Platform Summer Recast Series!
In our last summer recast episode, we heard 3 simple strategies for stretching your story muscle. And today, I want to follow that up with 5 writing prompts to help you flex your creativity. The two episodes go hand-in-hand really, and I hope they’ll help you as you continue to build your business story bank, and create meaningful connections with your core audience.
And don’t forget that when you subscribe to our weekly Story Fuel Newsletter where you’ll receive a free story prompt every seven days. Simply click on the link below to subscribe now.
For now, let’s get ready for some fun writing prompts that are designed to help take your brand messaging to the next level.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome back to the Power Your Platform Summer Recast Series! During the slower summer months, I’ve been sharing the replay or recast of some of our most popular podcast episodes. So today, I’m pleased to bring you a replay of Episode 43 which provides 3 simple strategies for stretching your story muscle.
And hey, if you’re interested in getting better at tightening your brand messaging, be sure to subscribe to our weekly Story Fuel newsletter. That’s where you’ll find our regular story prompt to help you build your story muscle and create greater impact with authentic storytelling. To subscribe now, click on the link below.
For now, let’s learn more about 3 simple strategies for stretching YOUR story muscle.
EPISODE LINKS:
Episode Transcript for “Simple Strategies for Stretching Your Story Muscle” - https://www.powerherplatform.com/post/___43
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome back to the Summer Recast Series! Call I share a little secret with you? It’s my 50th birthday today! And I’m so excited to be spending a portion of it at least here with you! I started this podcast one year ago and wow, what a journey it’s been! During that time, I’ve welcomed thousands of listeners to this podcast, recorded more than 100 episodes and enjoyed coaching and training so many of you who have also been dear friends.
So thank you so much for tuning in each week to hear more about creating an impact with authentic storytelling.
And hey, if you’re looking for a way to help me celebrate my birthday, then I would love it if you would drop a rating and a review on Apple Podcasts or Spotify. When you do, we’ll be able to reach even more women to help them amplify their own story. So thanks in advance, I truly appreciate it.
As you may know, we’re in the middle of a Summer Recast Series! During the summer months, I’ll be sharing the replay or recasting of some of our most popular podcast episodes. So today, I’m pleased to bring you a replay of Episode 35 which is all about why we need to quote more women.
Are you read for it? Alright, let’s turn up the volume and get started!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome back to the Power Your Platform Summer Recast Series. I hope you’ve been enjoying the replays so far of some of our most popular podcast episodes.
In today’s show, I’m sharing my golden secret for getting your time back! I mean it. The strategy I share in this special summer recast can actually help you squeeze more juice out of your day and add delicious hours back into your calendar.
Don’t believe me? Listen in! Because it’s time for a replay of Episode 29 on How to Repurpose Your Platform to Maximize Your Time.
EPISODE LINKS:
Episode Transcript for “How to Repurpose Your Platform and Maximize Your Time” – https://www.powerherplatform.com/post/how-to-repurpose-your-platform-and-maximize-your-time
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome back to the Power Your Platform Summer Recast Series!
If you’ve been wanting to get your story started this summer, then my “How to Start a Story Brand” Mini-Class might be just the thing you need!
If you want to check out the mini-class now, click on the link below. Listen in to hear more!
EPISODE LINKS:
“How to Create a Story Brand” Mini-Class - https://www.powerherplatform.com/new-mini-class
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome back to the Power Your Platform Summer Recast Series. I I hope your summer has been amazing so far, and to help add a little extra sunshine to day, I’m bringing you a replay of Episode 26 which is all about discovering new ways of reaching your audience.
So if you’ve been frustrated lately with Facebook and Instagram and all the other portals that are supposedly designed to lead you to sales and success – then listen up. Because this episode is for you.
EPISODE LINKS:
Episode Transcript for “The Second Door: Great News for Frustrated Brand Builders” – https://www.powerherplatform.com/post/the-second-door-great-news-for-frustrated-brand-builders-1
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today’s show, I’m bringing you an audio replay of the Idea to Impact Workshop I delivered back in June. Now a number of you attended, so for some of you, this may be a nice refresher to check in and see if you’ve made any progress since the workshop took place.
It was such a fun experience to connect with the women on the call, and to hear their questions and comments live in the moment.
So in this workshop, we get our feet wet in the Idea Waterfall and discuss how to strategically move from idea to impact.
I’m also excited to share that there’s a free downloadable Idea to Impact Workbook You can download to help you with this process. Click on the link below to download now.
And hey -- if you’ve been sitting on a great idea lately and you’re looking to launch it into the universe, then be sure to listen in to this full 1-hour episode. And remember, if you need a coach to walk by your side, keep you accountable and act as a sounding board, then I’m here to help. Reach out to me at powerherplatform@gmail.com or click on the link below to find out how we can book a 1-hour strategy session and get YOUR idea into motion.
For now, I hope you enjoy today’s live workshop recording. Are you ready for it? Alright, it’s time to get moving from “Idea to Impact”.
EPISODE LINKS:
Idea to Impact Workbook - https://www.powerherplatform.com/impact
Let’s Work Together- https://www.powerherplatform.com/contact
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome to the Power Your Platform Summer Recast Series! During the summer months, I'm sharing the replay or recasting of some of our most popular podcast episodes.
Today I’m pleased to bring you a replay of Episode 22 on The 4M Focus Finder Solution and How to Get Clear on Your Brand Messaging.
For an overview of today's episode notes, click on the link provided below.
I hope you enjoy today’s episode and remember to subscribe to our weekly Story Fuel newsletter. That’s where you’ll find our regular story prompt to help you build your story muscle and create greater impact with authentic storytelling.
EPISODE LINKS:
Transcript Notes for Episode 22 - https://www.powerherplatform.com/post/___22
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome back to the Power Your Platform Summer Recast Series! As you may know, I’m taking some time off this summer to uproot my life after living for 18 years in the same house in the same city. So as we settle into our new community, I’ve decided to take the opportunity to share with you the replay or recast of some of our most popular podcast episodes.
Today, I’m pleased to bring you a replay of Episode 17 which is all about Unlocking the Power of Small Stories.
I hope you enjoy today’s episode and remember to subscribe to our weekly Story Fuel newsletter (see link below). That’s where you’ll find our regular story prompt to help you build your story muscle and create greater impact with authentic storytelling.
EPISODE LINKS:
Episode Transcript for “Unlocking the Power of Small Stories” - https://www.powerherplatform.com/post/___17
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome back to the Power Your Platform Summer Recast Series! This summer is a busy one for me since I’ve just made the BIG move from one city to another and right now I’m pretty much living out of boxes. So instead of recording brand new podcasts in July and August, I’ll be sharing the replay or recasting of some of our most popular podcast episodes.
Today, I’m sharing a replay of Episode 11 which answers the question: “What’s a Purpose Driven Platform?”
I hope you enjoy this episode as we dive into the 3 main platforms I recommend to my clients who are looking to make an impact with their main message.
EPISODE LINKS:
Episode Transcript for “What’s a Purpose-Driven Platform?” - https://www.powerherplatform.com/post/what-s-a-purpose-driven-platform-how-to-find-your-story-sweet-spot
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome to the Power Your Platform Summer Recast Series! During the summer months, I’ll be sharing the replay or recast of some of our most popular podcast episodes. T
Today, I’m pleased to bring you a replay of Episode 6 on The 3 Questions to Ask to Help You Bring Your Purpose into Focus. In other words, what’s your rebel cry?
I hope you enjoy today’s episode and remember to join us inside our free Power Your Platform Facebook group after the show by clicking on the link below. I hope you’ll join us there for some refreshing conversations all summer long around creating impact with authentic storytelling.
EPISODE LINKS:
Episode Transcript for “Finding Your Rebel Cry” - https://www.powerherplatform.com/post/rebel-cry-3-questions-to-ask-to-help-bring-your-purpose-into-focus
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
It’s our 100th episode – which is totally surreal. But here we are, and of course, I couldn’t let the opportunity pass by to celebrate this major milestone. Because you know me – I love to celebrate.
In today’s episode, I want to provide you with a bit of a wrap-up of Season 1, including a number of messages from our podcast listeners and clients. I also want to let you know what’s coming up next – because there’s lots more ahead.
As some of you may know, the very episode of the Power Your Platform Podcast aired on August 4, 2021. So in less than year, we’ve recorded not only 100 episodes, but a dozen or so bonus episodes as well.
And what a journey it’s been! Most of the time, I’ve been here -- inside my office which doubles as my podcast studio. And at least at the beginning, I wondered, “Is anyone out there even listening?” When I first started recording the podcast, it was definitely just my friends and family who were tuning in. And for that, I’m extremely grateful. Because it kept me going and helped motivate me through those quiet, early months.
But over time, this podcast has attracted a wide range of listeners from all backgrounds and industries with a variety of skills, stories and expertise to share.
And one of the things I’ve enjoyed most about podcasting is the opportunity to get to know you, my listening audience.
So today, I thought I’d share with you a few audio messages that we began to receive when word got out that we were about to publish our 100th episode.
Thanks to Jeanette Arsenault of JAMS Canada, Kaoru Miller of Cha Cha Tea Shop, Tammy Watson of Canadian Handywoman, Ophelia Rigault and Jaspreet Bhandal of Yoga with Jas for sharing their 100th episode messages today on the Power Your Platform Podcast.
What’s next for the Power Your Platform Podcast? I’m excited to share that a brand new season of the Power Your Platform Podcast will launch this fall, and I’m going to spend the summer really thinking about the direction for that season, along with the guests who would be the best fit to add value to YOUR story journey.
Between now and September, we’re launching a new Summer Recast Series next week featuring some of this podcast’s most popular shows.
Stay tuned for lots more to come!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
JAMS Canada – https://jamscanada.ca/
Cha Cha Tea Shop – https://www.chachatea.com/
Canadian Handywoman – https://www.facebook.com/thecanadianhandywoman/
REAL Talk with Ophelia Rigault – https://www.vopheliarigault.com/
Today I’m excited to share with you a conversation with one of my very own Story Coaching Clients. Ardyth Correia is a teacher and certified health and life coach who works with moms of children with ADHD.
In today’s interview, Ardyth speaks about why she decided to reach out to me as a Story Coach and the benefits she has found from being engaged with the concepts of Story Coaching.
I think you’re going to love getting to know Ardyth today. She is passionate about what she does, and what’s more, she is focused on an amazing audience of women who need to hear the story she has to share.
Because, as we discuss in today’s episode, we’re constantly being nudged in the direction of the people we’re here to serve. We just need to pay attention to the signs.
I hope that today’s interview with Ardyth Correia reminds you once again about the importance of sharing your own story.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s interview with Ardyth.
-
Know what you have in common with your core audience and share the stories that connect you.
-
Reflecting on your own story path and the emotions, experiences and skills you’ve developed along the way, is key to building a receptive audience.
-
A story coach can help you get clear on your own story, get your idea off the ground, and build momentum as you move forward.
-
When you clearly tell people who you serve and how you serve them, it can make you more referable and help you make more strategic decisions along the way.
-
It’s human nature to want to work with people we have things in common with; so don’t be shy about sharing who you are and what lights you up.
-
Our differences are what make us unique; so don’t hide them. Celebrate them!
-
The uniqueness of our own story is what sets us apart in the marketplace. Getting clear on our story can help us stand out from the crowd.
-
Forming a community by bringing people together around a topic or solution can be one of the most powerful parts of building a brand.
-
We’re all given one brain and one body in our lifetime, and if we pay attention to what makes us tick, we can ALL learn strategies for moving forward.
-
Embracing the concept of progress over perfection can help us find momentum, and give us permission to keep showing up imperfectly in an imperfect world.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Ardyth Correia Coaching - https://www.ardythcorreia.com/
Ardyth’s “Unlocking Your Potential” Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/722549895240766
In case we haven’t met, I’m Kerry Ramsay, a Story Coach who has helped hundreds of women leaders, speakers and entrepreneurs build their brand story over the years. PLUS I’m also a reluctant teller of my own personal stories. Yes, that’s right. This Story Coach had to be convinced to tell her own story once upon a time. And inside today’s episode, I’m telling you why.
So listen in to today’s episode to find out how a Master’s Degree in Storytelling held me back from sharing my own story – and how I finally got courage to do it.
Having been trained as a journalist, I was always taught to adopt a third-person approach to storytelling. In journalism, we were always taught to be objective observers of the story, and not to become a part of the story ourselves. Because when we did, we would lose our objectivity.
So in essence, I was trained NOT to tell my own story. And since I was always a good student, I followed the rules. And it made me really good at what I did as a writer and a journalist. But it was a barrier when it came to weaving my own story into my future business ventures.
Because let’s face it: our clients and customers want to know who the person is that’s behind the brand. It’s why my story coaching service exists in the first place. Because our story is the bridge that can connect us to the audiences we’re trying to reach. And it can not only boost our brand visibility, but it can create brand loyalty as well.
But even though I knew and recognized the value of personal storytelling in business, I was really reluctant to share bits and pieces of my own story at first, because of my background and training as a journalist.
But over time, I came to embrace 3 key concepts that help remind me of the importance of my own story in relation to the people I’m serving:
-
Your story tells people why you do what you do.
-
Your story tells people what makes you different.
-
Your story tells people how you can help them.
And by the way, if you’re looking for a coach to help you tell your own authentic story, don’t hesitate to reach out to me today! Because sometimes it takes someone who’s standing outside of our own story to help you identify the pieces that can create a meaningful and memorable connection with your core audience.
Let’s get your story started today!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
If you have a blog – or you’ve been thinking about starting a blog – then you’re in the right place. Because my guest on the podcast today is Karen Whitfield, a virtual assistant, blogger and online marketer Online Blog & Business Help.
As a young mom herself, Karen believes that women should be able to work from home while creating their own profitable income streams through digital and online products.
In this episode, Karen shares her ideas and insights on growing your blog presence while at the same time, finding ways to generate blog income in a variety of ways.
What’s more, she’s created a bundle of short e-books which all relate to the questions she encountered when setting up and monetizing her first blog.
And as an affiliate of Karen’s blog bundle, I’m pleased to say you can access this resource by visiting bit.ly/blogbundleoffer.
So if blogging is your happy place, then I hope you find a lot of value inside today’s show.
Here are my top 10 takeaways from today’s conversation:
-
Don’t be afraid to start messy. Let go of perfectionism and just show up for your audience.
-
Realize that your blog has the potential to create various income streams.
-
Your unique story and perspective can help set your blog apart from the rest.
-
Knowing who you serve with your business solution can help you create consistent and value-added blog content.
-
We learn by doing, so the more we practice, the more solutions we find along the way.
-
A blog can help you generate consistent traffic to your web site which can help boost product and service revenues.
-
When considering affiliate marketing, be sure to choose products or services that authentically align with your core message and solve a pain point for your ideal audience.
-
When we listen to the stories of others who are a few steps ahead of us, we can benefit from their shortcuts.
-
It pays to invest the time, energy and money to create a blog that makes money while we sleep.
-
And today’s power move is to check out Karen’s Blog Bundle Offer by clicking below. Inside, you’ll find a step-by-step plan for building a blog that boosts your revenue and positions YOU as an expert in your field!
EPISODE LINKS:
Blog Bundle Offer - http://bit.ly/blogbundleoffer
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Online Blog and Business Help - https://onlineblogandbusinesshelp.com/
In this episode, we’re talking about BIG ideas and how you can launch your own BIG idea that goes far beyond the product or the service you might currently be selling.
Because when you really stop and think about it, the most successful brands today are built on BIG ideas, and I’m going to give you plenty of examples in this episode. The companies we’re going to discuss are not only selling products and services. They’re selling a new way of thinking or a fresh way of addressing an old problem. And let’s be honest: this world is in need of some BIG ideas to some pretty important problems, wouldn’t you agree?
So today I’m going to reveal my BIG Idea Framework to help YOU get started thinking about what your BIG idea is and how you can start sharing it with the rest of the world.
First, be BOLD.
Being bold means owning our story with confidence, following our purpose relentlessly and raising our voice WITHOUT necessarily knowing all of the consequences ahead of time. We need to believe enough in ourselves and in our message that we feel compelled to keep going, even when our ideas challenge the status quo and others question what we’re up to.
Gloria Steinem who once said, “I have met brave women who are exploring the outer edge of human possibility, with no history to guide them, and with a courage to make themselves vulnerable that I find moving beyond words."
Inside that simple statement by Gloria are 6 characteristics of bold women:
-
Bold women are curious.
-
Bold women aren’t afraid to explore new territory.
-
Bold women are possibilitarians.
-
Bold women seek out new trails to blaze.
-
Bold women allow themselves to be vulnerable.
-
Bold women are world-changers.
And that leads us to the second part of the BIG Ideas Framework is to Aim for IMPACT.
Making an impact means having an effect or influence on the world around us. The impact we have really is up to us and how bold we allow ourselves to be.
There are different levels of impact, ranging from individual to global and different types of impact, including social impact, political impact, economic impact, environmental impact, cultural impact and others. Decide which on fits you best, and pursue it with all your heart.
Finally, the third part of the BIG Ideas Framework is to Be the GUIDE.
The truth is that no one is more equipped than you are to affect the kind of shift you’re looking to see in the world. Because each and every one of us has a story, and that story can be a powerful tool of change.
You are good enough to be someone’s guide.
You are prepared enough to be someone’s guide.
You are qualified to Be the Guide.
So if you’re looking to launch your BIG idea by Being BOLD, Aiming for IMPACT and being the GUIDE.
Because it’s time to stop playing it small and start thinking BIG.
EPISODE LINKS:
21-Day Big Idea Challenge - - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Get ready to hear from a powerhouse woman today who survived a severe gunshot wound while on active duty as a police officer, and who now shares her story of hope and resilience with audiences everywhere.
My guest on the podcast today is Laurie White, a retired RCMP Officer who was shot in the leg with a sawed-off shotgun in 1998 while stationed at her first posting in Kitimat, BC. At the time, Laurie was attempting to execute a search warrant at the residence of a sex offender. The damage from being shot was so severe, that Laurie’s leg had to be amputated 5 inches below the knee.
After only ten months of rehabilitation, Laurie successfully returned to full, unrestricted general policing duties with a prosthetic leg.
In the year 2000, Laurie received the Governor General’s Meritorious Service Medal as well as the Medal of Velour from the International Association of Women in Policing.
Today, Laurie is a keynote speaker for a wide range of audiences, and recently published her memoir called, “10-33, An Officer Down Steps Back Up.”
In today’s episode, Laurie and I talk about how she transformed her trauma, loss, and grief into a story of hope, resilience, and post-traumatic growth.
Here are my Top 10 takeaways from today’s interview:
-
Time and distance can often give us a new perspective on our past experiences and help us find meaning in the journey.
-
When one person shares their story, it causes a ripple effect and often inspires others to do the same.
-
Vulnerability builds authentic connection with others and reminds us that we’re not alone.
-
Sharing our story on the stage is different from sharing our story on the page, but both can be powerful opportunities to create impact.
-
Play to your strengths by leveraging the skills that are transferable from one area of your life to another.
-
Slowly push your boundaries, allowing yourself to gain a foothold before scaling that next mountain.
-
Constantly shift your goals as you grow.
-
Practice and repetition are the only way forward when it comes to sharing yoru story.
-
Figure out your goals, your budget and your target audience when sharing your story onstage or in print.
-
Today’s power move is to gather your thoughts and determine your takeaways when looking to uncover the story in your experience.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
“10-33: An Officer Down Steps Back Up” by Laurie White - https://tinyurl.com/2p93rmcu
Canada Writes - https://www.facebook.com/groups/canadawrites/
Canada Arts Council - https://canadacouncil.ca/
Ontario Arts Council - https://www.arts.on.ca/
In today’s episode, I want to dive a bit deeper into a topic I’ve touched on many times before, but haven’t fully explored in this podcast until now. And that’s the idea of owning your story.
Because at the heart of building a purpose-driven platform is this powerful idea. And today, we’re going to unpack what it means to “own our story” and what that looks like in practical terms.
Brene Brown put it this way. She said, “You either walk inside your story and own it or you stand outside your story and hustle for your worthiness.”
So today, I want to focus on what it means to OWN our story, and I want to break it down into three parts. Those three parts include: owning your privilege, owning your pain and owning your purpose.
So let’s start with the idea of owning our privilege. For this part of your story journey, I want to challenge you to sit down and write out as many privileges as you can think of that you now have or have grown up with. Because really, privileges are kind of like invisible ink. They’re completely unnoticeable until we shine a light on them and really take the time to reflect.
And the reason why it’s so important to own our privilege is that it makes us more empathetic storytellers. It prompts us to acknowledge the fact that members of our audience may not enjoy all of the privileges we have in life. And when we own our privilege, we can better recognize the systems of inequality in our culture, and work towards levelling the playing field for those around us.
The second part of owning our story is about owning our pain. And we all have pain, don’t we? It’s a part of every human’s story, but often it’s the part we try to forget. Pain can come in many forms. It can be emotional pain, physical pain, spiritual pain, social pain or psychological pain. None of us make it through this life unscathed, that’s just a fact.
But there’s power in pain when we own it as a part of our story.
When we own our pain and recognize the power of sharing our scars with others, it can be transformative. Because others see the humanity in us and we recognize the humanity in others. And this recognition connects us to each other. And that’s what storytelling is all about, whether on a personal or a professional level. It’s about finding ways to build bridges over the spaces that divide us so we feel more connected, and more whole.
And that leads to the third and final step which is owning our purpose.
Because without owning our privilege and owning our pain, we can’t really own our purpose. And I think this is why so many of us struggle to find our purpose in the first place.
After all, our purpose often stems directly from those two parts of our identity: our privilege and our pain. The problem is that most of us don’t take the time to reflect on our privilege and pain long enough to recognize the purpose that lies inside them.
So let me ask you this: what are the privileges you’ve enjoyed in your life? What about the pain? And when you think about it, how do the two work together to fuel your purpose?
This is what’s meant by owning our story. It’s about owning our privilege, owning our pain and owning our purpose. Only then will we be truly positioned to make real impact in the world.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
I hope you’re ready to take a walk on the wild side, because my guest on the podcast today is all about rediscovering your wild!
Jess Spooner is an environmentally focused entrepreneur, guide, coach and speaker based in St. John’s, Newfoundland. She specializes in working with clients who are looking to reconnect with nature and live life off the beaten path.
As the owner of Rewild Wellness, Jess has some great insights to share with us today about sustainability, community building and eco-psychology.
In this episode, we talk about pausing for effect and the power that nature has in helping us rediscover our story. Jess also points out that 90% of Canadians spend 90% of their time indoors. Let that sink in for moment – and hey, if you can, why not take this podcast outside today? Even if it’s for a stroll around your suburban neighborhood, getting outside can help increase your creativity, your productivity and improve your overall mental health. All great reasons to spend time outdoors, wouldn’t you say?
Today’s conversation with Jess reminded me why I love to spend time in nature and how it helps remind me of who I am and the purpose of my story whenever I make the effort to reconnect with the natural world.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s conversation with Jess Spooner of Rewild Wellness.
-
Rewilding is all about returning to a sense of freedom that comes with being in a natural state.
-
Being alone in nature can help you rediscover your inner voice and come back to the core of who you are.
-
We need to give ourselves permission to reclaim our own thoughts and viewpoints about the world around us.
-
Fun, play and child-like creativity are all a part of the rewilding process.
-
Spending time outdoors is for everyone –so ask yourself when was the last time YOU reconnected with nature?
-
Each new landscape holds stories for us to discover; the more we explore, the more we learn.
-
You’re never too old to be what you might have been.
-
Spend time outside every day – no matter what the weather may be.
-
If walking in the woods makes you nervous, find a public park or open green space where you can reconnect with the natural world.
-
Today’s power move is to examine the thoughts you have about spending time outdoors and notice the stories you’re telling yourself about what it means to connect with nature.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Rewild Wellness - https://www.rewildwellness.ca/
If you’re looking to build a culture of trust with your audience, then this episode is for you. After all, trust is what leads our customers and clients to take action. But before they do, they need to have some faith in us, and that faith is often sparked by storytelling.
After all, trust is currency these days, wouldn’t you agree? In fact, more and more often, we’re putting our money where our trust is. Just think about the brands you purchase, the places you go and the coaches you hire. Chances are, they’re closely linked to the level of trust you have with that product or organization or individual.
As women who are building successful brands and business, we need to be aware of how much our audience trusts us. Because that level of trust is directly correlated to the number of people who will purchase your products or hire you for your services.
And it’s worth mentioning that trust is not a short-term strategy. It’s a long game. Because the more we prove our worth and build our credibility over time, the more people will trust us and become raving fans of our work.
On the other hand, we’ve all seen those get-rich-quick posts about how you can 10X your income in 10 days or how downloading a particular course will lead to instant results – often with barely any effort. But if claims like this were actually true, don’t you think EVERYONE would be doing it?
The truth is that trust takes time. But the good news is that if you haven’t been focused on trust-building in your business, you can start doing it TODAY.
And one of the best ways I’ve found to build trust with an audience is through story sharing.
So let’s first take a look at 3 ways stories help us build better trust with our ideal audience:
First, stories make us more relatable to our audience.
Second, stories can help us build trust, because they make us more believable.
And a third reason why authentic storytelling is key to building trust is that it engages our audience in a conversation they’ve been waiting to be a part of.
Let me ask you this: when was the last time you started a conversation with your business?
Here at Power Your Platform, we’re always launching new conversation topics, from the importance of owning our story and following our purpose to raising our voice and sharing our story with others.
We’ve also had great conversations within our free Power Your Platform Facebook group about decision-making and quoting more women and how to get clarity on your own story message. There seems to be no end to the conversations around this topic of story branding.
Remember, when you start a conversation, you increase engagement with your audience. And as you engage, you build a relationship. And if those relationships are built on mutual respect then, they’ll inevitably result in higher levels of trust on both sides of the conversation.
And if you’re looking for some support to help narrow down the stories you’re sharing with your audience to help you build greater trust, then be sure to reach out to me today! Send me a DM on social media at @poweryourplatform or reach out through our main web site at powerherplatform.com.
Let’s start building brands that are founded on a culture of trust that’s fueled by authentic storytelling.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
I’m excited to bring you an interview today with two inspiring women who are challenging the status quo and shaking up the beauty industry.
Shamsa and Kaltum Hassan are the owners and founders of Afiya Beauty, an artisanal skincare company focused on creating handcrafted and nutrient dense skincare for all women. As you’ll hear today, these two sisters are passionate about cultivating community and creating experiences that make women of all skin types feel radiant and fabulous.
In today’s interview, I speak with Shamsa and Kaltum about how their brand values are driving the direction of their business, and how storytelling plays a key role in connecting them with their ideal audience. We’ll also discuss why it’s important for underrepresented groups of women to challenge the status quo, and how to ensure your actions are aligned with your core purpose.
Knowing these two remarkable women personally, I have to say I feel so proud of the progress they’ve made over the past couple of years as they’ve launched and grown their new business. Even now, they continue to inspire me as they provide a great example of how internationally sharing an authentic brand story can play such a pivotal role in a company’s early success.
By the way, I want to give you a heads up that while I was recording today’s interview, I was having some slight microphone issues, so please disregard the less-than-perfect recording and focus on the content. Because it really is remarkable if you pay close attention.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s conversation with Shamsa and Kaltum of Afiya Beauty:
-
Your core business values can help anchor your brand and help you make more aligned decisions as you grow.
-
Keeping your “why” at the forefront of everything you do will help you connect with your ideal audience and set you apart in the marketplace.
-
Your messaging will be stronger over time if you consistently link it back to your key value pillars.
-
People connect with stories, so be sure to take your audience along with you on your brand journey.
-
Telling your story will help you create a loyal tribe of raving fans and customers.
-
Showing up consistently is key if you want to make a long-lasting impact.
-
Share your story in as many ways as possible. Remember, it can take up to 21 touchpoints before someone makes the decision to hit that purchase button.
-
Don’t just rely on social media to tell your story – look for unique opportunities that are ideally suited to reach YOUR core customer or client.
-
Who you think is your audience might not be who buys from you. So be sure to track who your customers actually are and connect with them regularly.
-
Today’s power move is to show up consistently and authentically for your audience. Even if you don’t get what you expect, you’ll get what you need.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Afiya Beauty – www.afiyabeauty.com
I’m excited to share with you that I'll be hosting a FREE Idea to Impact Workshop taking place on Thursday, June 16th from noon - 1 pm EST. In this 1-hour, virtual workshop, we'll get our feet wet in the Idea Waterfall and discuss how YOU can create a ripple effect with the big idea behind your product or service. By the end of this workshop, you’ll become familiar with the 5-step process it takes to take to move from idea to impact, and you’ll discover the value of your own story when creating a splash. You’ll also have a better idea of what YOUR next step is to move from idea to impact This session will also include time for Q&A, so it’s a great opportunity to show up and get YOUR questions answered in real time. And in case you’re new to this podcast, then let me tell you a little bit about myself. I’m a Story Coach and the founder of PowerHER Platform which is a business I’ve built to provide coaching, workshops and strategy sessions to help women leaders, speakers and entrepreneurs who are looking to create impact through storytelling. In fact, that’s what this entire podcast is about and for nearly 100 episodes now, I’ve talked about various aspects of how to launch and grow your personal and professional brand using authentic storytelling. Because what I hear over and over again from the women I work with is that they’re looking to do more than put in a 9 to 5 workday. They’re looking for meaningful work and to create a lasting impact in the world around them. So if this sparks your interest and YOU’RE ready to move from idea to impact in your own life, then I hope you’ll join us on Thursday, June 16th from noon – 1 p.m. for this virtual workshop opportunity. PLUS if you take the time to help us spread the word about the Idea to Impact workshop before June 16th, then we’ll even enter you into a BONUS draw for a free, one-hour strategy session with me, your Story Coach! All you need to do is share the link that’s in the shownotes and tag @poweryourplatform when you do. If you win this free, one-hour strategy session, then I’d love to help support YOU as you move from idea to impact. So what do you say? Will you join us on June 16h? I hope you will. Again, just click on the episode shownotes for the direct link. Because the rest of the world is waiting. It’s TIME for us to move from idea to impact!
EPISODE LINKS: “Idea to Impact” Workshop - https://tinyurl.com/2p8n98cc Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807 PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today’s show, I’m excited to share with you Five Facts about Friction that I’ve discovered along my story PATH, and how they can help reframe your own story journey. So let me ask you this: in times of conflict, do you run towards it? Or run in the other direction? (I’m definitely the latter.) The very word itself – “Friction” – is an uncomfortable one, isn’t it? It suggests something resistant and abrasive even. For some reason, it makes me think of sandpaper. But without friction, there would be no stories which I’ll talk about a bit more in just a moment. And what’s more without friction, we would have no solutions to share with our audience. The fact is that friction is not only unavoidable, it is also absolutely necessary for the creation of great businesses. So today I’m going to outline 5 friction facts and how conflict can help us create not only better story brands, but more effective businesses as well: 1. Friction helps define who we become. In fact, if you look back on your life, I guarantee you’ll be able to think of at least a few moments of great friction or conflict. Usually, times of resistance in our lives are accompanied by heightened emotions which commits them to our memories/ 2. The second fact about friction is that it forces us to find solutions. After all, friction is very often caused by conflict, and when we’re in conflict, there’s really no way out but to find a solution After all, without friction in the form of challenges or problems or barriers, we wouldn’t ever need to activate our problem-solving skills, would we? If I’m honest, it’s the friction that’s forced me to find solutions I might not otherwise have found. And today, those solutions are the basis of my own business, and I get to share them with my clients every single day. 3. The third fact about fiction is that it helps us get traction. And let’s be honest, without traction, it’s impossible to move forward. Whether you’re driving a go-kart or an SUV, you’ve gotta have traction. When you’re driving on a slippery surface, it’s friction that stops the tire rubber from sliding on the road surface and as a result, we stop slipping and start moving forward. And the same is true in our own lives. 4. The fourth fact is that friction helps us slow down. Be honest. When was the last time you were bombing down the highway without another car in sight, only to realize you were driving waayyyy above the speed limit? But the benefits of slowing down include: that it allows us to pause and reflect; it helps us catch our breath; and it allows us to connect with others on a deeper level. The overall impact is that we’re able to steer clear of burn-out and make peaceful progress rather than scaling faster than necessary. 5. The fifth fact about friction is that it can help spark new ideas. When we come up against a tough challenge, the conflict that’s generated is going to cause us to look at things in a different way. Getting outside of our regular patterns of life and work though can inevitably spark new ideas and ways of doing things. Sometimes, things NEED to change in order for growth to happen. And in other cases, it’s just time to deal with an age-old problem that we’ve been ignoring for way too long. So if you’ve been dealing with a lot of conflict in your life or business lately, just remember: where there’s friction, there’s a story: a story about how you grew, how you pivoted, how you made some necessary changes in your life, and ultimately, how you emerged from a challenge better than before. So go ahead and embrace friction as a friend rather than a foe. Because your story’s not over yet.
If you’re feeling overwhelmed by the hustle of everyday life, then it’s not a coincidence that you’ve tuned into this podcast episode today.
Because my guest on the show is Jaspreet Bhandal, a holistic meditation and yoga instructor who strongly believes in the slow grow mentality. Six years ago, she decided to leave behind the hustle of a full-time career and create a life she truly loves.
In today’s interview, Jas and I talk about the most important question we need to ask ourselves when our life is feeling off-centre. We also discuss a key power move you can make in the next few minutes to immediately take action and leave behind the overwhelm for good.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s conversation with Jas:
-
We are all multifaced human beings and each us defines success in our own unique way.
-
The most powerful question we can ourselves is WHY we’re living our current lifestyle.
-
We need to give ourselves permission to leave behind the hustle and embrace the slow grow.
-
Adopting a slow grow mentality can help us intentionally attract the right kind of clients and allow us to make decisions thoughtfully and strategically.
-
In order to find our true purpose and direction, we need to carve our times of quiet in our day to process what’s happening in our lives and decide what comes next.
-
Calm, clarity and creativity can all be found in the quiet spaces of our everyday lives.
-
True relationship building requires a slow grow approach to doing business.
-
Building community is vital for our mental and emotional well-being.
-
Prioritizing connection over our calendar can be a bold way to build community and live richer lives.
-
Today’s power move is to breathe. Observe what happens in your body when you do. Notice your thoughts. Find your focus.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Yoga with Jas - https://www.yogawithjas.com/
If you’re listening to this episode on the day it drops then we’re about to head into the May long weekend – and for Canadians at least, that means heading out of the city to open up the cottage or at the very least setting up a lawn chair in the backyard to catch a few rays. And while I’m not sure what the weather forecast will be for the long weekend, I do know we’ll all be welcoming some downtime after what has been a very long winter.
So to help you make the most of your long weekend, I wanted to share with you my Top 4 Long Weekend Reading Recommendations. Because if you’re an avid reader like me, then chances are you’re hoping to crack the cover on a great new book or download the audio version on your phone.
Book #1 - “Find Your Unicorn Space: Reclaim Your Creative Life in a Too-Busy World” by Eve Rodsky
In this book, Eve talks about the fact that creativity is not optional, it’s absolutely essential. And she backs it up with plenty of interesting stories and research. The main message of her book is that we need to clear a path to reclaim our unicorn space, and engage in fun, creative activities in the midst of our “busy’ lives. Only when we spend time in our unicorn spaces, Eve argues, will we be able to unleash our gifts and talents into the world.
Book #2 - ”Mother of Invention: How Good Ideas Get Ignored in an Economy Built for Men” by Katrine Marcal
In “Mother of Invention”, the author demonstrates how gender bias stifles the economy and holds us back, delaying innovations sometimes for hundreds of years. But, she argues, if we would get rid of our biases towards innovative ideas originating with women, we would be able to unleash the full potential of our global economy.
She points out that when society brands something as feminine – like a rolling suitcase for instance – these ideas have traditionally been seen as inferior, or less innovative, and certainly not worthy of investment or being taken seriously. And if you’re a woman entrepreneur who has ever sought out venture capital, then you know exactly what I’m talking about.
Book #3 - “LifePass: Drop Your Limits, Rise To Your Potential” by Payal Kadakia.
In this book, Payal talks about her unique approach to goalsetting that changed her life and her business. Using her four-step approach, her LifePass followers reflect on their life, identify their dreams, put themselves back in charge of their priorities and make progress towards specific, measurable goals in life and in business.
Book #4 – “The Power of Voice: A Guide to Making Yourself Heard” by Denise Woods.
In this book, Denise helps her readers articulate more clearly; gain confidence in any situation; release tension and stress; address speech issues and become more powerful speakers in the process.
If the budget is tight, be sure to look for these books at your local public library or make an effort to support local by shopping at a small bookstore near you.
Happy long weekend, everyone!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today’s episode, I’m sharing the 5 storytelling lessons I’ve learned from Julia Child over the years, as inspired by the new HBO series, “Julia”.
Lesson #1 – It’s never too late to be what you might have been. Did you know that Julia didn’t start cooking until age 32? Not only that, the cookbook that made her famous, Mastering the Art of French Cooking, wasn’t published until she was 49. Let’s embrace new opportunities with spirit and optimism no matter what age we may be.
Lesson #2 – Don’t be afraid to stand out in a crowd. As the HBO series suggests, Julia knew what it meant not to fit in from a young age. But she kept her eye on what mattered to her, and proved to herself and the entire world that standing out in the crowd can be one of the best possible ways to get noticed.
Lesson #3 - Never take no for an answer. There were many points along her story path where Julia was rejected and even ridiculed for being different from everyone else. But her strong inner sense of purpose keep Julia in the game. She knew she wanted to change the way Americans thought about eating and cooking, and so she pushed past the voices of her naysayers – even when some of those naysayers were members of her own family.
Lesson #4 - Women need to support other women. In the HBO series, Julia’s character observes, “I envision a confederacy of women, an estrogen safety net.” Throughout the show, Julia is surrounded by a group of supportive women who cheer her on, come to her defense and help her film her first pilot. The reminder is clear: when women take the time to lift up other women, we all win.
Lesson #5 - Let go of perfection and develop a keen sense of humour. In one memorable scene, Julia is filming one of her TV segments when she drops the food she’s preparing on the floor. Without missing a beat, she scoops up the dropped food off the floor and tells her audience, “Always remember: If you’re alone in the kitchen and you drop the lamb, you can always just pick it up. Who’s going to know?” It’s a worthwhile reminder the next time we drop a ball or two in our own life or business.
Bon appetit!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
If you’re a fan of women’s sports or hockey in general, then you’re going to love the episode that’s coming your way! My guest on the podcast today is Jackie Jarrell, a Team Canada Inline Hockey Player and two-time World Champion who has played for Canada in a total of 11 World Championships to date.
Besides racking up a trophy case full of medals and accolades, including Leading Scorer at the World Championships, she is also a Registered Kinesiologist and the owner of Gold Performance Training which provides Strength and Conditioning Coaching to over 150 athletes. And did I mention she’s a fitness consultant with the NHL Officials Academy? This girl is on fire!
In today’s episode, Jackie and I talk about hockey – obviously – but also about what it takes to be a female leader in a male-dominated field and how we can transfer the skills we’ve learned along our story path to other parts of our lives and businesses. You are not going to want to miss this conversation.
And be sure to listen in right to the end of today’s conversation when I share my Top 10 Takeaways. PLUS if you head over to our Power Your Platform Facebook group, I’ll be sharing the takeaways there as well.
There is so much I learned from Jackie today that it was hard to capture it in just 10 key takeaways! But I’ve done my best, so here they are:
-
Never underestimate the sheer power of hard work and determination.
-
Breaking barriers in male-dominated fields takes courage and hard work, but it opens the doors for so many who will follow after us.
-
Seek out opportunities to encourage others with the work you do – because you never know what kind of impact you’re going to have.
-
Stepping into new leadership positions can be uncomfortable at first, but we need to get comfortable with being uncomfortable and do it anyway.
-
We all have transferrable skills that allow us to transition from one phase of our lives to the next. Take stock of your transferrable skills and then move forward with confidence.
-
When you start something, commit to following through. Just getting started isn’t enough. We need to keep moving forward.
-
Teamwork is a skill that’s transferrable to any industry and it will help pave your way to success.
-
Ask yourself, “What do I value?” and then reflect on how you can live yorur values out in everyday life.
-
Surround yourself with people who inspire you and challenge you to move to the next level in your life and business.
-
Don’t be afraid to blaze a new trail – the journey can be long and tiring, but the view at the end of the pathway can be life-changing.
Thanks so much for listening in today! If you enjoyed today’s interview, let us know your key takeaways! And be sure to share them on social media – and when you do, remember to tag @poweryourplatform. We’d love to hear your ideas and share them with our own audiences.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purse and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear your story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform Web Site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Gold Performance Training - https://goldperformancetraining.com/
Somewhere in our lives, many of us have bought into one of three myths about being an expert – or maybe we’ve bought into all three.
Myth #1: “I’m Still Learning, So I Must Not Be an Expert”. The truth is that you don’t need another degree or another certification or another course to start serving your audience TODAY. "Procrasta-learning" as I call it, is simply a way of letting fear hold us back from doing what we’re already equipped to do. The fact is that you are ready right now to take action and put your ideas into motion.
Myth #2: “Someone Else Can Do It Better Than I Can”. The habit of comparing ourselves to others is really the mother of all self-sabotaging techniques and it will hold us back again and again from achieving our true purpose. The idea that “Someone Else Can Do it Better Than I Can” most likely comes from one of two places: either it’s an excuse, because we’re actually scared of our own success OR we actually have a specific individual in mind who we believe to be better than us in our specific area of expertise.
Two solutions I suggest: a) stop paying close attention to your competitors on social media and b) keep a journal of your progress so you can compare yourself to your own progress.
Myth #3: “Only Braggers Call Themselves Experts.” Repeat after me: it’s not bragging if it’s true. For many of us, making everyone comfortable with our level of leadership and expertise is vital in order to be accepted into the tribe and not seen as a potential threat. The fact is that our leadership and expert status are going to be resented by some. But that’s their story. Not yours. Worrying about what other people think about you and your progress is a dead weight thought that will only slow you down and will certainly drown out any plans for launching and growing a success brand or business.
When you find yourself distracted by these 3 myths, consider instead the 7 signs that you are already an expert:
-
You’re at least one or two steps ahead of someone you could help.
-
You have some sort of credibility in your field, whether that’s educational credentials or hands-on job or life experience.
-
You’ve developed a specific set of skills over time that others can benefit from.
-
You have testmonials from people you’ve helped.
-
You can demonstrate success using a certain product or approach in your own life or business.
-
Other people refer customers or clients to you.
-
You’ve made mistakes and learned from them.
If you said yes to any of the signs I just mentioned, then I would suggest that perhaps you are more of an expert than you think you are.
Because once you begin to truly believe you’re capable of anything, it’s only a matter of time before the rest of the world believes it too.
EPISODE LINKS:
Free Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
If you’ve ever struggled with the idea of being visible and speaking your mind, then today’s episode is for you. My guest on the podcast today is Megan Hamilton of ubu Skills, a speaking, visibility and confidence coach for women and nonbinary people.
Megan has used her classical theatre training and 25+ years of performance to build a step-by-step speaking system that not only allows you to deliver incredible speeches, but also provides her clients with a framework to have difficult conversations, build their confidence and increase their visibility.
In today’s episode, we talk about where true confidence comes from and how we can take action when our brain tells us to take cover.
PLUS, we also discuss the power move that you can make today to help you put today’s content into action.
I hope you feel inspired to take action after listening to today’s interview with Megan Hamilton. Because you already have everything you need to get started. It’s up to you to take action and step outside your comfort zone.
Here are my top 10 takeaways from today’s conversation with Megan:
-
Know what lights you up. Then go ahead and make your life whatever you want it to be.
-
Know your own process for solving the challenges you face; then share it clearly and consistently with your core audience.
-
Realize that you already have the tools to be seen and heard; all you need is the confidence to step into your purpose.
-
As you move through your day, recognize and acknowledge the systems of privilege that have been established there and who benefits from them. Then go ahead and challenge the status quo.
-
The only one who can truly build your confidence is you.
-
Having conversations with others about what moves you and what upsets you is a powerful part of the process of finding your own voice. There’s a power in sharing our story with others.
-
When it comes to being visible in the world, remember it’s more about substance than polish.
-
Keep showing up, using your voice and stepping outside your comfort zone.
-
We need to acclimate once we reach a new level of success; this will allow us to pause and prepare for the next level.
-
Today’s power move is to write down the things that are holding you back from taking action on your dream. Then break down those ideas into manageable pieces and take one step every day towards your ultimate goal.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
ubu Skills - https://www.ubuskills.com/
British anthropologist Jane Goodall once made the statement that “You cannot get through a single day without having an impact on the world around you. What you do makes a difference, and you have to decide what kind of difference you want to make.” I love that quote, don’t you? It reminds me that everyone has an impact – but not everyone DECIDES what kind of impact they’re going to have.
And I don’t know about you, but I want to choose the impact I make in the world. I want to pick up the pen in my own life’s story and leave an intentional mark on the page. And that’s why I created the Story IMPACT Framework which I speak of often with my clients and with those who are looking to create a long-lasting impression in their community and in the industry where they serve.
So the Story IMPACT Framework is a simple 6-step process which breaks down what it takes to move from idea to impact. Because I find a lot of women I speak to want to make an impact – they’re just not sure where to start or how to grow that impact once they begin. So if that sounds familiar, then this episode is for you!
The Story IMPACT Framework is actually built around the word IMPACT, so it’s pretty easy to remember.
I is for Identity. Your identity is the core structure around which your story is built.
To make this more clear, I created The Story IMPACT Wheel which has eight parts:
-
Your Heroes
-
Your Villains
-
Your Proudest Moments
-
Your Painful Moments
-
Your Inspirations
-
Your Values
-
Your Challenges
-
Your Triumphs
To download a copy of the Story Wheel, see the links list below.
M is for Meaning. And it’s meaning that creates the distinction between our experience and our story.
P is for the Purpose that drives us to do the work we do.
A is for the ideal audience we share.
C is for the challenge that we share for our audience.
T is for transformation which is the evidence that we’ve made an impact.
Together, let’s create an IMPACT the world can’t ignore!
EPISODE LINKS:
FREE download: Story Impact Wheel – https://www.powerherplatform.com/storywheel
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Today’s podcast is for anyone who is feeling stuck. And no matter what you do, it seems you just can’t make any real progress. Maybe you have a goal in mind or a business idea even, but it always seems like you’re spinning your wheels.
So today I want to unpack the idea of decision-making as our secret success weapon.
Because the more I’ve thought about it, the more I’ve come to accept that any forward motion we make in life requires the ability to make decisions and stick to them. In fact, studies show that the average adult makes about 35,000 decisions a day. Wow!
Those who can harness the true power of decision making are well on their way to achieving their goals and making the impact they want to make in the world.
So the more I thought about this topic, the more I came to realize there are actually four kinds of decision makers. And I want you to listen closely to determine which kind of decision maker you are.
-
The Avoider
-
The Researcher
-
The Second Guesser
-
The Action Taker
The thing to remember is that progress is absolutely impossible unless we’re taking action.
Action takers are decision makers by default. You can’t take action without making decisions. And each action you take inevitably leads to more decisions that need to be made. But the more you do it, the easier it becomes. Decision-making is like a muscle. The more you flex it, the stronger you become.
So here’s to the decision makers.
If you want to be powerful, you need to be a decision maker.
If you want to progress, you need to be a decision maker.
If you want to make an impact, you need to be a decision maker.
And I feel so strongly about this that I’m actually launching a 21-day challenge inside our free Power Your Platform Facebook group today called 21 Days of Decision Making. And in the group, we’ll be challenging you to make decisions – some small and some big – about life and business, decisions that will help move you forward and help you grow your business.
So I hope you’ll join us there after the show. To join, simply click on the shownotes for this episode or visit powerherplatform.com/community.
Because it’s time to be courageous and begin making the decisions that will help us step into the impact we’re meant to have in the world. This is your time. This is my time. This is our time.
What do you say? The decision is yours.
EPISODE LINKS:
21-Day Challenge (Free Facebook Group) - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Have you ever thought it might be nice to start a business journal, but you weren’t really sure where to start ? Or why you would even want to? If so, I’m going to share with you 6 journal prompts today that will help you to begin creating a more powerful and joyful business from the inside out.
So I’ve been keeping a business journal off and on ever since I started out as an entrepreneur. And part of the reason was that I wanted to capture the small victories I was experiencing as I was growing my business. Because I know all too well what it’s like to spend day after day worrying or trouble-shooting or losing myself in the more serious side of my business. So by creating a business journal, I knew I would be allowing myself to refocus instead on the progress I was making along the way.
And today, I want to share with you 6 journal prompts that have helped me map out my own story journey and allowed me now to look back and see how far I’ve come. Which is a pretty cool feeling.
I also realize that some people prefer to journal in the morning before their day gets started, while others like to journal at the end of the day to reflect on what has happened. And some people do both!
So I thought I’d share with you three journal prompts that would be ideal for a morning business journaling session and then 3 prompts that would be better suited for an end-of-the-day journaling session.
Three Morning Journaling Prompts:
-
The “Dress for the Way You Want to Feel” prompt
-
The “Create Your Own Successful Day Playlist prompt
-
The “Channel Your Inner Icon” prompt
Three Evening Journaling Prompts:
-
The “One Good Decision of the Day” prompt
-
The “Going Beyond My Comfort Zone” prompt
-
The “Awkward Moment of the Day Award” prompt
If you take the approach that each new day is an opportunity grow and get better, then business journal prompting is a great tool to start using or to continue using in new and innovative ways.
And hey, if you have a business journaling prompt that’s one of your favourites, I’d love to hear about it! Reach out to me at powerherplatform@gmail.com or at @poweryourpaltform through Facebook or Instagram and let me know!
Together, let’s journal our way to success!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Pen and Paper Co. Discount Code is POWER10. Use it at check-out at penpaperco.com.
Today I’m bringing you an interview with an amazing woman who works with high performers and entrepreneurs to help them find a healthy rhythm in their own lives.
Shyla Cash is a healing and alignment coach who’s also a wonderful friend of mind – and her focus is on helping people step into a higher state of being and doing by paying close attention to the mind-body-soul connection.
In today’s interview, Shyla and I talk about the internal and external stresses that come with being a business owner, and how healing our nervous system is often the missing link for those who have reached high levels of success in life, but who are still wrestling with chronic stress or unhealthy emotional patterns.
So buckle up, because I truly believe today’s episode is going to be a transformational experience!
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s conversation with Shyla.
-
Being in alignment with our mind, body and spirit allows us to show up more fully in the world to do what we’re meant to do and to be who we’re meant to be.
-
Even when we appear to have all our ducks in a row, we can still have chaos in our inner life.
-
Our bodies need the energy to do the work we’re called to do – so we really need to pay attention to what our bodies are saying to us on a daily basis.
-
Tuning in for just 5 minutes at three different times of the day – morning, noon and night – can help us create greater alignment that allows us to do more and be more.
-
You can’t carry the burden of your business alone. We need the support of other people in our life. So don’t be afraid to reach out for help.
-
The first step in healing your nervous system is to acknowledge where you’re at and what you need.
-
Our body does not lie to us. Pay attention to your body’s impulses and learn how to nourish yourself daily.
-
Track the patterns that are happening in your body throughout the day. And if you need to, speak to a professional about what those patterns mean.
-
Our bodies are designed to revolve stress and trauma, but our mental conditioning can try to drown out our body’s cry for help. Don’t let it.
-
Find your own rhythm and reclaim your life.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
The Heal for Real Podcast with Shyla Cash - https://podcasts.apple.com/ca/podcast/heal-for-real/id1479482486
Learn more about Shyla’s work at www.shylacash.com.
In today’s episode, we’re going to spend some time getting to the bottom of why people stop following or paying attention to our story.
So if you’ve noticed you’ve been losing followers or email subscribers lately, then we’ll be covering a few of the top 3 reasons why they might be leaving, and how to make them stay.
The first reason you might be losing audience members is that they might not be your ideal audience. And hey, if you hear nothing else today, hear this: you’re not for everyone. And neither am I!
If we try to create content that resonates with absolutely everyone, then we’re going to lose sight of the true impact we’re trying to make. Because if we’re building a truly meaningful brand that’s designed to create change in the world, then we need to have a particular audience in mind. The truth is that if someone follows you and takes in your content for a while, but then realizes it’s not the right content for them, then there’s nothing wrong with that. It’s not a personal or professional failure. In fact, it’s a success.
Because if you’re clearly articulating who your content and paid offer are for, then when someone realizes you’re not for them, you’ve actually done them a service. PLUS don’t forget they can always be a great source of referrals for you in the future, since they know who you are and what you’re known for.
The second reason why your audience may be shrinking is that they’re unclear about what the paid offer is. In other words, maybe you’re telling your audience a great story through your platform or visibility tools.
And hey, that’s awesome because I’m all about story sharing, you know that. But at some point, there needs to be a call to action. In other words, when the story isn’t leading anywhere, it’s well, unfinished. And it kind of leaves the audience feeling frustrated and uncertain about what their next steps should be. Remember, if you create a need and don’t fill it, then your audience will find someone who does. And if you want to learn more about the 4-step process involved in creating a paid offer, then check out Episode 74 of this podcast. Because when people pay, they pay attention.
The third reason why your audience might be packing up and moving on is simply because you’re not showing up consistently. You’ve heard me say this before, but it’s true. Building a brand these days is all about relationship-building. But what happens in a relationship when one partner disappears without an explanation? The communication stops. And the relationship is in limbo.
Note: when I say that consistency is important to keep our audience hanging around, I mean that we should be showing up on our platform of choice when we say we will. So if you’ve created a blog that comes out once a week, be sure to show up there once a week. And if your newsletter is designed to provide monthly updates, then make sure to be showing up on a monthly basis. Because once you stop showing up for your audience, you audience will stop showing up for you. So these are three reasons why your audience may be walking away. If you need support in any of the areas highlighted above, don’t be shy! Reach out to me and let’s book a story coaching session today!
EPISODE LINKS:
Story Pro Power Pack - https://www.powerherplatform.com/storypropowerpack
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Are you ready to have a little bit of fun? I hope so, because in today’s episode, we’re talking about Joyful Storytelling.
Studies show that people who have fun at work are healthier, more inspired, more satisfied with their work and – oh yeah – more productive. They’re also a whole lot nicer to be around!
Recently, I started paying more attention to my own workday routines to see how much fun I was having on the job. And as I’ve gotten better at making room for fun in my workday, my storytelling has become more… joyful!
Why is joyful storytelling important? I believe that if you’re going to convince someone to check out the work you’re doing and maybe even become a paying customer – then they’re going to need a little convincing. Remember, you’re probably not the only one who’s offering whatever it is you’re selling. So the story surrounding your product or service is really important.
And if the story you’re telling comes across as desperate or uncertain or fearful even, then that’s not going to inspire someone to invest in what you’re putting out into the world.
Here are 3 fun ways I infuse more joy into my day, to help ensure my storytelling is equally joyful and connects more deeply with my core audience.
The first fun strategy is to look for the laughter. Experts tell us that when we laugh, we actually recalibrate our brains to focus and concentrate more fully on our work. As a result, laughter can actually improve our productivity. Who knew!?
What are the things that make you laugh? How can you invite more of that type of activity into your day? It could be as simple as a phone call with a hilarious friend over the lunch hour or watching a 5 minute comedy clip. Maybe it’s just laughing at your pet’s crazy antics if you work from home. Whatever works for you, build in some time for laughter!
The second strategy is to find your tribe. Loneliness can lead to some dark days if we’re not careful. I think we all realize by now that when left alone with our own negative thoughts, we can do some real damage to our own self-esteem AND the way we think about our business. This negative vibe can actually STOP us from sharing our story and lead us to withdraw completely from interacting with our core audience. Or, if we do put out content, it tends to be less exciting a little more negative in tone.
But when we come together with others who share similar goals and values, then we can draw strength from the group. Actress Kate Hudson once said, “The more we connect, they more content and happy we feel.” And that feeling of contentment and happiness inevitably leads to a more joyful sharing of our own business story with the world around us.
The third way we can brighten our business story is by prioritizing play and creativity. Because here’s the thing: when we make room for play and creativity in our workday, we make room for better problem-solving, more innovation and overall better business results.
One woman I know only writes in purple ink! I like to build dance breaks into my day or time to play with my dog.
So go ahead and get creative today – and remember, it’s a practice, so the more you do it, the easier it will get to step into your creative flow when you need it most.
EPISODE LINKS:
The Joyful Storyteller Checklist - https://www.powerherplatform.com/joyful
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
When was the last time you took a good look in your closet and asked yourself: how do these clothes actually make me feel? If you’ve never thought about the impact of fashion psychology on your personal and professional story, then today’s episode is for you!
My guest on the podcast today is Visual Identity Coach Rebecca Rowe. Rebecca’s story path has led her from New York City and Paris, France to the fashion runways of Vancouver and Toronto. Today, she helps women understand themselves better, build habits they love, and create a wardrobe to tell the world who they are without having to speak.
In today’s episode, Rebecca and I talk about how to make bold fashion choices that make us look and feel our best, as well as the connection between confidence and risk-taking. PLUS we also talk about the pros and cons of having a product-based business versus a service-based business.
Here are my Top 10 takeaways from today’s interview.
-
The psychology of clothing is the study of how fashion makes us feel and how we think about ourselves.
-
At some point, most – if not all – women struggle with feeling like they’re good enough. But the truth is, we are everything we need to be, just the way we are.
-
Reconsidering negative labels attached to women culture is important if we’re going to reclaim our confidence and step into the powerful lives we were meant to lead.
-
Visual identity is all about how we want people to see us – from the clothes we wear to the way we carry ourselves when we walk into a room.
-
Finding a coach or a group of women who will listen to our fears about the future is empowering – because when we do, we discover we’re not alone.
-
Self-acceptance is the key to unlocking our next confidence level.
-
Clothing is a tool that helps us build a more confident image, and become the woman we were always meant to be.
-
When you’re feeling discouraged, get up and put on clothes that make you feel bold and confident – then watch how your day changes.
-
When you like who you are when you look in the mirror, you begin to stop caring so much about the opinion of everyone else.
-
When we own the way we look and who we are, it gives permission to others to do the same.
Until next time, remember to own your story, follow your purpose and raise your voice – because the world is waiting to hear your story!
EPISODE LINKS:
21-Day Challenge (Free Facebook Group) - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Rebecca Rowe - https://rebeccarowe.ca/
In today’s episode, I’m unearthing 3 tried and true strategies to help you cultivate new contacts and grow your business network.
Every business owner I talk to these days has a common challenge: and that is to grow their audience.
For me, an audience is made up of people who are interested in what you’re doing and the message you have to share. Ideally, these audience members have goals and values that closely align with your own approach to life and doing business. Some of your audience members may be current customers and clients while others could be considered FUTURE customers and clients.
So how do we do this? How can we grow an audience that’s filled with people who know, like and trust us enough to pay attention to our message and respond, whether that’s through online engagement or by making referrals or by becoming a paying customer themselves.
To answer this question, I’ve put together 3 storytelling strategies that can help you cultivate connections, nurture leads and convert your audience into paying customers.
The first strategy is to lay the groundwork.
You need to get your hands dirty, and digging out the core message of what you want to share with the world, who you want to share it with and why. Because there are a lot of people out there who are selling the same type of thing you are, whether it’s web site design or productivity coaching or aromatherapy or just about anything. The question is: what makes YOU different from everyone else?
Remember, if your ideal audience sees themselves reflected in the messaging of your social media posts or email subject lines, for instance, then they’re more likely to pay attention and click to learn more.
The second strategy is to plant the right story seeds.
Once we know what we do, why we do it and who we’re doing it for, it’s time to grow our audiene by planting the right story seeds.
Story seeds are important, because what we plant is what will grow. And I’m no green thumb, but I know for sure that when you plant an avocado seed, you don’t get a rose bush.
So we want to be sure we’re planting seeds that will lead to the right results for our customers AND grow our business at the same time. So we’re looking to plant ideas and solutions that motivate our target customer not only to take action, but to follow up with us to learn more once they do.
By planting story after story that directly speaks to our ideal customer’s pain point and shows her what’s possible, we’re able to take her from overwhelmed to overcomer. And if we can demonstrate that transformation by giving her example after example through authentic and truthful storytelling, then our brand message becomes so much more powerful.
The third strategy is to frequently water our audience with plenty of fresh content.
I’m a big believer in showing up consistently for your audience. Because you need to serve your existing audience well, before you can ever attract NEW audience members. If you’re offering fresh and relevant content that engages and excites your existing audience, people are going to SHARE that content with others. And when they do, audience growth is inevitable.
Thanks for listening in today!
EPISODE LINKS:
Free Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today’s episode we’re going to speak with a woman whose purpose-driven platform has led her to perform at two Olympic Games. She’s also had the opportunity to share a message of hope with women around the world. Performer and recording artist Jeanette Arsenault has been a singer/songwriter for the past 30 years. She’s the founder of JAMS Canada which helps musicians strengthen the business side of their music and work at finding the balance between being creative and making a living as a musicpreneur. In today’s episode, Jeanette and I talk about the power of music to transform lives and how we can inspire each other to be the best version of ourselves. We’ll also talk about a song Jeanette wrote called “Women of the World” and you’ll get to hear that song right here on the podcast – so stay tuned! Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s conversation with Jeanette: 1. The business of music is all about connecting with your audience. 2. It’s important to engage with your audience (whichever industry you’re a part of), because when you do, they’ll keep coming back for more. 3. Relying on external validation can be an emotional roller coaster ride; don’t be swayed by the wild applause of the crowd. 4. Whichever platform you use, shine your light into the dark corners of the world and brighten up the lives of others. 5. Don’t try to do it all on your own; build a team who can help you pursue your dreams and allow you to focus on what you do best. 6. Do what you can with what you have right where you are. 7. Surround yourself with people who are as passionate as you are about what you do; it’s one of the best secrets to making your business better. 8. Strive for quality in all that you keep and keep your skills harp. 9. Don’t take your audience for granted. Respect them enough to be your best and do your best. 10. Play as if the house is full every time. Thanks so much for listening in today! If you enjoyed today’s episode, then let us know! Tag @poweryourplatform and @jamscanada on Instagram or Facebook, and let us know your biggest takeaways from today’s episode. EPISODE LINKS: Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807 PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe JAMS Canada - https://jamscanada.ca/ Jeanette Arsenault - https://jeanettearsenault.ca/
Hey there, Story Sister and Happy April Fool’s Day! If you’re listening to this episode on the day that it drops, it’s April 1st and here in Canada at least, that means it’s a day for playing pranks and generally fooling around.
So in today’s episode, I actually want to help you make some smart moves when it comes to creating your paid products or services for your ideal audience. Because many of us end up playing the fool when we ignore the simple 4-step process it takes to get us on the right track, rather feeling like we just got pranked and wasted a lot of time and money.
The first step is to build your audience BEFORE you’re ready to launch your paid offer. This is vital. The worst position to put yourself in is to launch a paid offer to an empty room, because you haven’t taken the time to build an interested audience.
Think of it is like digging a well before you’re thirsty. Because when you’re in desperate need of a drink of water, you want to make sure that well has already been dug and it’s full of delicious, fresh water – rather than being faced with the arduous task of picking up a shovel and starting to dig when you’re already dry and parched.
In building your audience, I would suggest starting a conversation around these key pain points and offering free support to move your ideal audience into the right frame of mind. Because once someone recognizes they have a need and they’re in the right mindset, they’re much more likely to hit that purchase button.
The second step is to pay attention to what your audience is saying.
This is why it’s so vital to have an audience. A smart move would be to create a product or a service that directly addresses your audience’s situation and even uses the words and phrases that THEY’VE shared with you through your social media engagement.
And remember, your audience won’t offer you feedback unless you ask for it. So ask for their input often.
The third step is to focus your time and energy on the things your audience is asking for.
Based on the feedback I’ve gathered from my core customers over time, I’ve focused my efforts – at least for now – one my one-on-one coaching services. And that paid offer is going really well. In addition to my coaching services, I’ve also offered mini-classes and masterclasses on various topics. But each time, the paid product is in response to my audience’s needs.
The fourth and final step in the process then is to continuously monitor customer satisfaction and tweak your paid offer over time.
Deciding on an initial paid offer and putting it out there is only the beginning. Chances are, you’ll continue to refine your paid products and services over time. One reason for this is that your audience is always evolving, and it’s important to keep pace with how they’re changing whenever you can.
When you follow this 4-step process, you’ll find that you’re making smart moves and no longer fooling around. Because you mean business and it’s time the world knows it too.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Today on the Power Your Platform Podcast, I’m chatting with Jennifer Baker, a marketing consultant and email marketing expert who’s helped hundreds of clients launch and grow their own email list.
In today’s show, Jennifer and I chat about how to get started when it comes to email marketing PLUS how you can create relevant content for your audience that leads to list growth over time.
We’ll also address the issue of email subject lines and get to the bottom of the mind block that’s holding so many women back from clicking the publish button on their first newsletter.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from my interview with Jennifer Baker.
-
When building an email list from scratch, be sure to do it the legal way. Follow CASL legislation or the anti-spam legislation in your own region of the world.
-
One of the biggest challenges to overcome when launching that first email newsletter is mindset. And yes, we all face it!
-
Email subscribers are much more likely to be converted into paying customers than social media followers for the simple reason that they’re paying better attention.
-
If you don’t have an email list, start one today!
-
When creating content for your newsletter think value. How can you enrich someone’s life or business with the content you’re sending out on a regular basis?
-
Consistency is key when it comes to email marketing. However often you decide to share your newsletter, show up regularly with quality content and your email list is sure to grow.
-
It’s better to have a smaller email list comprised of interested people than a huge email list of unengaged subscribers.
-
Clean up your email list at least once a year to help keep it healthy and improve your open rates.
-
Keep your email content simple. Include a call to action and remember to always add value.
-
Tie your email content back to your paid offer. This will allow you to more easily convert your subscribers into paying customers.
If you enjoyed today’s interview, we’d love to hear YOUR key takeaways! Reach out to us at @poweryourplatform on Facebook or Instagram or send us a note at powerherplatform.com/contact. We’d love to hear from you!
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear YOUR story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Jennifer Baker Consulting - https://jenniferbakerconsulting.com/
Jennifer’s Lead Magnet - https://mailchi.mp/1fedf14e5c92/free-ebook
For today’s Q&A Session, I’ve chosen to focus on 3 questions asked by our audience. The questions we’re covering today are common to so many of us – so I’m excited to share my thoughts with you today!
Question 1: “I find streamlining the main goal of my business to be a difficult process. What I want to do isn’t what is in demand of my time and services. How do I make this transition?” ~ Asked by Kathy
Success in business comes when we match what we love to do and what we’re really good at with someone who really needs that product or service AND is willing to pay for it.
Have you heard of the Japanese concept of Ikigai (“reason for being”)? This concept is comprised of four parts: What You Love, What You’re Good At, What the World Needs and What You Can Be Paid For.
According to the Ikigai model, when what you love intersects with what you’re good at and what the world needs and what you can be paid for, there’s a true “reason for being”. In this case, a reason for being in business.
Here are the 5 steps I would follow to find your Ikigai:
-
Decide what you love to do.
-
Double-check that you have the skills to do it.
-
Identify the solution you’re providing and the problem you’re solving.
-
Be clear about who your product or service is for.
-
Determine a fair price point and make your paid offer.
P.S. Don’t forget to have FUN!
Question #2: “I feel like I can do more, be more effective and build a strategy. I want to do more, I’m just not sure where to start. I'm so busy but I have so many ideas.” ~ Asked by Peggy
Like Peggy, I think a lot of us feel like we could always be doing “more”? The thing to remember is that we don’t necessarily have to spend our time and energy on MORE things. We need to focus on the RIGHT things.
And this is especially true when it comes to marketing.
My recommendation is to clearly identify your ideal audience and focus on the key marketing tools that will move the dial for them specifically. In other words, it’s not about reaching everyone – it’s about reaching the right one.
And once you know your ideal client really well, it makes decisions a lot easier when it comes to which marketing tools to use and how often and even what the content should look like.
Question #3: “I have the entrepreneurial itch. But having two small kids makes it difficult for me to even get my regular paying job done. How do you fill your soul and create the content you want to make on the side when you have a full-time job, two kids and a career to manage?” ~ Asked by Steph
Timing is everything. Life happens in seasons, and the busy, hands-on mom stage can be overwhelming at the best of times.
Here are 3 ways to build your business even if you’re in a busy stage of life.
-
Learn continuously, whether that’s through books, articles, podcasts or other resources.
-
Hone your skills as they relate to the business you want to launch.
-
Build your network and be engaged with those who are a part for it.
Thanks for the questions, everyone!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Have you ever considered the possibility that you might be missing out on an entire audience for your brand or your business simply because you’re hanging out in your own cultural comfort zone?
If this thought has never occurred to you before, then today’s interview with special guest Elizabeth Hesp may just be a game-changer.
Elizabeth is a specialist when it comes to Cultural Intelligence. She’s also a certfied Career Transitions, Entrepreneurship and Leadership Coach. So if you’re wondering how your own cultural lens shapes your business and the way you move through the world, then stick around. Because today’s conversation is going to shine a spotlight on the way culture weaves its way through our personal stories, and has a profound impact on every aspect of our lives and business – whether we realize it or not.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s interview with Elizabeth Hesp:
-
Culture plays a foundational role in the building of our own identity, as individuals and as businesses.
-
Storytelling is pivotal to building our cultural and personal identity.
-
When we share our stories, we create cultures of belonging wherever we go.
-
Your vibe attracts our tribe – so don’t be afraid to be yourself.
-
Turn your cultural lens inwards and recognize how your own biases and perspectives consistently shape your outlook on the world.
-
Self-awareness is the first step towards embracing cultural intelligence.
-
When we’re open to learning, we invite diversity into the room.
-
We need to be ready ask questions and to say “I don’t know” when stepping into new cultural situations.
-
Vulnerability is always a welcome trait when exploring a new culture.
-
We need to push ourselves outside of our comfort zone in order to forge new cultural experiences and lasting relationships.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Elizabeth Hesp Coaching & Consulting - https://elizabethhespcoaching.com
If you’ve ever wondered how Story Coaching works, then today’s episode is for you.
I’m a big believer that storytelling is at the heart of every successful brand, and when I first started my business, I found there were so many women around me who I could tell were really struggling in this area.
The truth is that storytelling can help grow your audience. And that’s a pretty exciting thing to consider. Because we all have a story to tell, whether that’s a personal or a professional one.
The first thing I should mention is that not all storytellers are at the same stage. Over time, I’ve found my clients generally fit into one of three categories:
-
Story Starters – need clarity and confidence
-
Story Builders – need vision and visibility
-
Story Pros – need innovation and income
Something to remember today: our experiences are not our story. Our experiences are what we live through. Our story is how we interpret and those experiences and present them to the rest of the world.
So part of my job as a Story Coach is to create this distinction and help my clients uncover the gold inside their story.
At the heart of it all, Story Coaching is about helping my clients overcome the obstacles that are standing in their way, and providing them with the support they need to know they’re not alone on their journey.
A Story Coach can be an accountability partner, a cheerleader, a sounding board, and of course, I also love to share plenty of ideas for growing your audience and creating new income opportunities.
So I hope this overview has helped you out a bit today. Because I know there are a lot of types of coaches out there and we all have our specialty.
When it comes to Story Coaching, let’s recap what we’ve covered today:
First, my core audience is women leaders, speakers and entrepreneurs and my brand promise is to help them amplify their voices by helping them build purpose-driven platforms.
In general, my clients tend to be Story Starters, Story Builders or Story Pros.
The good news is that no matter what storytelling stage you fall into, there’s always a way to move forward.
So if you’re feeling stuck or you just need of some support and accountability, then reach out to me today! I’d love to hear your story and help you get it in front of the right audience.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Storytelling Quiz - https://www.powerherplatform.com/quiz
FREE Story Starter Power Pack – https://www.powerherplatform.com/storystarterpowerpack
FREE Story Builder Power Pack – https://www.powerherplatform.com/storybuilderpowerpack
FREE Story Pro Power Pack - https://www.powerherplatform.com/storypropowerpack
Clients mentioned in this podcast:
Emberglow Creative – www.instagram.com/emberglowcreative
Girl, You Deserve More Podcast - https://player.fm/series/girl-you-deserve-more
My guest on the podcast today is Cheryl Himburg, a former high-level Blackberry executive and the current CEO of Key Element Solutions.
I’m also proud to say that she’s is one of my amazing coaching clients.
Cheryl left the corporate world a few years ago to launch her own purpose-driven platform. And today, she spends her days helping women uplevel their lives and their businesses.
In today’ episode we talk about how to live a life you’re wildly in love with and how to overcome the obstacles that often stand in the way of us doing so.
There were so many takeaways inside this conversation today, I had a hard time trimming down the list!
But here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s interview:
-
Our inner dialogue largely shapes the way we view ourselves and the world around us.
-
Creating a next-level identity always begins with us breaking out of old, familiar patterns. Easier said than done, I know!
-
We need to recognize that glass ceilings are only social constructs that are meant to be shattered.
-
Representation matters. We need to show others that despite our own struggles, it is possible to level up and succeed.
-
Always be cultivating a powerfully positive mindset. Because when you do, the next level is so much more accessible.
-
Comparison is the thief of joy – stop comparing yourself to other people’s highlight reels.
-
Ground yourself in your purpose and let go of other people’s expectations and limitations for your life.
-
Our businesses achievements should not define our happiness, our identity or our sense of personal worthiness.
-
Right now, in this very moment, you are worthy of all you desire.
-
When we let go of the need to please others, we can also let go of the fear of failure.
Thanks so much for listening in to today’s episode. If you haven’t yet hit that subscribe button your favourite podcasting app, I hope you’ll do it today! Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear your story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Key Element Solutions - https://www.keyelement.ca/
Have you ever been to a baseball game where somewhere in the stands, a group of fans starts doing the Wave?
As a mom of a baseball player, I’ve been a part of my fair share of waves! And the one thing I love about them in the momentum they represent.
The reason why it’s so important for us to own our story and feel comfortable sharing it, is because there are “waves” of important messages that are rippling throughout the world right now. And we need to do our part to make sure they reach the right people and have a positive impact.
Whatever the movement is, we always have two choices: we can stand up, raise our voice and be a part of the positive action or we can slow down the movement and force it to go around us until it finds someone else who’s willing to do the job.
The choice we make about whether or not to stand up and share our story has a profound impact on us either way.
On the one hand, we can say, “Hey, I’ve got a voice. I’ve got a story. So I’m going to get involved and I’m going to share my story. Because I know that somewhere, someone needs to hear it.”
The cool thing is that once we do share our story, we inspire OTHERS to share their own story. And the Wave goes on. The momentum continues. The energy spreads. And it is MAGIC!
On the other hand, when we sit it out, not only does it slow the momentum of the wave, but WE miss out on the opportunity to be a part of something that’s bigger than ourselves.
There’s an incredible feeling that happens when we plug into a cause that’s worth being a part of. And I’m not even suggesting it has to be a controversial cause. I’m talking about making change right where you live and causes that mean something to YOU. Causes that have some momentum flowing, but if you got involved and raised your hand and lent your voice to the cause, it would all just get done quicker and the needs would be met sooner.
The truth is, when we don’t stand up and raise our voice, we’re really the one who’s missing out. Because one way or another, the positive change that needs to happen in this world is still going to happen. But it will likely happen a lot more slowly. We also lose out on a golden opportunity to build our own sense of self-confidence, and expand our skillset and to be a part of something we can be proud of. And the wave has to start all over again because we kept our seat and broke the flow.
If this scenario sounds familiar, maybe you’re thinking, “Hey, she’s talking about me! I sit it out way too often! And I want to get involved and share my story! But how do I do it?”
So here are 3 steps to becoming a part of a Wave and making the impact in the world that you were meant to have:
-
Own Your Story.
-
Follow Your Purpose
-
Raise Your Voice When you do, you’ll become a part of the momentum and no longer the one who’s too distracted to see her true potential and use it for good. Instead, you’ll be swept up in a positive Wave of change that’s designed to make a real impact in the world.
And I can’t think of anything better to cheer about – how about you?
EPISODE LINKS:
Storytelling Quiz - https://quiz.tryinteract.com/#/60d1f688deb9240017102716
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Happy International Women’s Day! Today’s interview is such a fitting one to mark this important occasion.
Today, I’m speaking with Anahita (Anna) Thukral, a social entrepreneur and the founder of Hear Her Stories.
Having lived in four different countries, Anna has experienced first-hand the systemic and structural barriers faced by women of color. These experiences led Anna to create Hear Her Stories, a platform that amplifies women's voices and celebrates their achievements as a way to support and inspire the next generation of diverse women.
Through Hear Her Stories, Anna realized the significant barriers facing women around the world have widely led to underrepresentation and inequality. To help address these gaps, Anna recently launched DiWo (which stands for Diverse Women) with the goal of providing equal access and opportunities to all women in the workforce.
In my conversation with Anna today, we discuss the value of diverse stories, the impact of unconscious bias and how YOU can get involved today with the Hear Her Stories movement.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways form my interview with Anna:
-
Every woman’s story is worth sharing, no matter where they may come from.
-
We need to take the time to look for hidden stories that might not be front and centre in our mainstream media.
-
Diversity, equality and inclusion are vital elements to include in the stories we’re telling and the stories we’re consuming.
-
Sharing stories of diverse women who have achieved amazing things allows girls and women everywhere to find inspiration and take the lead in their own lives.
-
We need to normalize celebrating everyday women with everyday stories, because when we take a closer look, we realize they’re really doing extraordinary things.
-
Our own struggle is often the motivating factor to step forward and make bold moves in the name of change.
-
When we intentionally share the stories of the struggles women face, we can help shape government policy, the economy and make a world-wide impact.
-
Seeing is believing. When we hear about the bold moves other women are making around the world, it inspires us to make bold moves ourselves.
-
The systems and structural barriers face by women on a global level have led to underrepresentation and inequality in the workplace. But it’s not too late to make a change.
-
Acknowledging our own unconscious bias can help make us all a part of the fight against inequality and intolerance around the world.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Hear Her Stories - https://hearherstories.com/
DiWO - https://hearherstories.com/diwo/
Today I’m excited to share with you the story of a woman whose path has led her from addiction and a prison sentence to becoming the founder and CEO of a noteworthy Canadian entrepreneurial venture.
Emily O’Brien is the brainchild behind Comeback Snacks—a specialty popcorn company that challenges the status quo. After being sentenced to a four-year jail term stemming from her battle with addiction, Emily set out on the mission to get clean, transform herself, and make her time in jail as meaningful as possible.
Having fostered an entrepreneurial career before her sentence, Emily birthed the idea for Comeback Snacks (formerly ‘Cons and Kernels’) which is a popcorn brand that uses high-quality, health-conscious ingredients to create unique flavours inspired by the ones Emily found and curated while in prison.
Through her trailblazing efforts, Emily is an example that positive change can happen within correctional institutions with passion, drive, and a positive mindset.
Aware of the hardships of being incarcerated, Emily is driven to help remove the stigma surrounding people with prior convictions, as well as giving them opportunities for reintegration through training, empowerment and education.
In today’s episode, Emily and I talk about second chances and the mindset it takes to come back from a devastating detour. She also gives us a behind-the-scenes look at how she created her business while still in prison, and offers some advice for women who may be too ashamed or too afraid to share their own story.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s conversation with Emily:
-
Everyone deserves a second chance.
-
Always be on the lookout for new inspiration, because you can find it in the most unexpected places.
-
Make the most of the sources you have, rather than focusing on the ones you don’t have.
-
Find collaborators who can help move you and your business idea forward.
-
Having a mission can help fuel your business, even on the days when you feel like giving up.
-
Your personal struggle is the key to making an impact; never discount the power of your own story.
-
Coming back after a personal trauma or tragedy always begins with healing.
-
The more we take the time to listen to other people’s stories, the more rich our lives will be.
-
Sharing our own story can be scary, but it can also bring freedom.
-
If you don’t own your story, someone else will.
Thanks so much for listening in to today’s episode. I hope you’ll take a moment to share this podcast with others who may be interested – because when you do, we’ll be able to impact even more women and help encourage THEM to share their story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Comeback Snacks Web site - https://www.comebacksnacks.com/
In today’s show, I’m pulling up a chair to chat with Michelle McDonald, a dedicated child protection worker who is also an enthusiastic YouTube content creator and a passionate lover of children’s literature.
Michelle is a busy mom of two young children who recognized a need in her own city. That need stemmed from her own experiences as a Black woman in a mostly white community.
What she discovered was that the books on her children’s bookshelves and in school and public libraries across her region lacked cultural representation. And so, she took it upon herself to step up and find a solution.
As a result, Michelle launched a YouTube channel in 2019 called Ruthy’s Reading Room. The children’s story channel features primarily Black authored books being read out loud by Michelle herself under the name of her YouTube alter ego, Ruthy.
Each episode of Ruthy’s Reading Room is designed to provide children everywhere with an accessible story time experience. In her experience as a child protection worker, Michelle knew there were many kids who didn’t have anyone to reach them a story at the end of the day. And so, Ruthy’s Reading Room helped address that need as well.
In this interview Michelle and I talk about how she built her YouTube channel from scratch and the challenges she’s had to overcome along the way. Michelle’s passion for what she does is so clear and I love that she’s building her message using YouTube as her purpose-driven platform of choice.
Here are my Top 10 takeaways from today’s conversation with Michelle.
-
Don’t wait for someone else to step up and solve the problems you see around you in the world – make a bold move and do it yourself!
-
Start messy. Don’t worry about getting it perfect.
-
Representation matters because it allows us to see ourselves in the world around us.
-
When you take on a new challenge, be sure to draw on the strength of your own network to help you get the job done.
-
Don’t worry about knowing how it’s all going to turn out; just make that first move.
-
Remember that everything is "figureoutable" to quote Marie Foreleo. There’s nothing we can’t learn on the Internet or ask someone in our network.
-
Choose the platform that’s right for you and then go all in.
-
Show up consistently and create quality content to ensure steady growth and customer loyalty.
-
There’s always a steep learning curve when we try something new. Do it anyway.
-
Infusing our lives with diverse voices will help us create a more inclusive and respectful worldview.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Ruthy's Reading Room - https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCgdZZmsPeo7bf1ct2h3SZtg
Michelle's Book Recommendation - Timeless Love - https://www.amazon.ca/Timeless-Love-Julie-Thompson/dp/0228810574
Ruthy's Reading Room Music by Edward Lewis Jr. - https://edwardlewisjr.bandcamp.com/
Today’s episode is going to get a lot more personal than my other shows, and that’s because I’m unpacking my own journey with perfectionism.
So I hope you’ll join me as I pinpoint some of the key indicators that confirm I was definitely a perfectionist while I was growing up. PLUS how perfectionism manifested itself later in my life. I’ll share also with you how I now manage this potential success blocker in my career, my business and my personal life. And keep in mind – I’m still not perfect at avoiding perfectionism – and that’s OK.
In a nutshell, perfectionism is the refusal to accept anything short of perfection. And that goes not only for business, but personal appearance, marriage, parenting and so much more.
The reason I want to talk about perfectionism today is because it can be a real success blocker for women who hold back from sharing their story or launching a new brand or product because they’re worried it’s not going to be… well, perfect.
Here are some signs I was a perfectionist as a kid:
-
I was an only child which birth order studies tell you set me up right at the start for perfectionism. For this reason, before I was a people pleaser, I was a parent pleaser.
-
I compared myself to my friends, especially when it came to school grades.
-
I avoided playing on teams because it would frustrate me when others didn’t give the game 100%. Because I. Wanted. To. Win.
-
I suffered from insomnia often as a result of my perfectionism-fueled anxiety.
-
In university, I signed up for the classes I knew I could ace. In other words, I was avoiding failure at all costs.
-
My perfectionism also showed up in my marriage and my parenting and so many other places! Because there’s no place you can go to hide from perfectionism. Wherever you go, there you are.
These days, I’m happy to report that the perfectionist tendencies have been replaced with more realistic expectations, ones that definitely allow some room for error.
Here are some of the signs of perfectionism you might have picked up from my own story:
-
Perfectionists tend to think in all or nothing terms.
-
Perfectionists tend to be highly critical of themselves and others.
-
Perfectionists often set unrealistic standards for themselves and those around them.
-
Insomnia is another sign that perfectionism might be present.
-
Another perfectionist tendency is feeling depressed when things don’t go as planned.
Here are 4 solutions for moving past perfectionism:
-
Be mindful when perfectionist tendencies crop up in your life, and avoid falling back into familiar patterns of behaviour.
-
Look for the learning opportunities – and not just the wins – inside the challenging situations you face.
-
Embrace failure as a natural part of success.
-
Let love – and not fear – be your guide.
Audio Book Recommendations on Perfectionism:
“Good Enough” by Monica Ramirez Basco
“The Perfection Detox” by Petra Kolbert
“I Thought It Was Just Me” by Brene Brown
“Better Than Perfect” by Elizabeth Lombardo
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today's episode, I’m sitting down to chat with Alyssa Zwonok, the founder and CEO of Nomad Cre8tive.
With more than a decade of experience in the digital marketing space, Alyssa has worked with everyone from large, enterprise clients to bustling startups. Over time, she has helped them build their brands from the ground up and exceed industry standards through top level creative direction and strategy.
After traveling the globe for a full four years and living abroad for another, Alyssa wasn’t ready for her traveling journey to end – so she decided to create a life for herself where she would work on the road. She founded Nomad Cre8tive with the intention of empowering other creatives like herself to be able to travel the world, all while making a living, doing what they love most!
Today, Alyssa and I talk about how to build an authentic online presence, along with how to think about your social media content, build followers and establish a unique digital footprint.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s conversation with Alyssa:
-
Create a life that works for you. If you can dream it, you can do it!
-
Surround yourself with people who support your dream and who can help you make it a reality. None of us can do it alone.
-
Visibility is essential in today’s digital marketplace. It will help you create a strong online presence and sharpen your competitive edge.
-
Don’t try to be like everyone else. Instead, value your own unique perspective on the world and share it with others.
-
Stop relying on selfies and instead invest in a professional photographer at least once a year to ensure you have quality images on-hand that can be used throughout your marketing materials.
-
Establish 3 to 5 pillars inside your business to help keep you focused and provide you with plenty of ideas for your social media content.
-
Avoid putting all your eggs into the social media basket. You need to diversify the way you’re connecting with your audience in order to ensure the growth of your business.
-
Before you can unlock the power of storytelling inside your business, you need to own your story and be confident enough to share it with the world.
-
Happiness and growth in all aspects of your life rely on having a positive mental attitude – so be sure not to neglect your mental health in the midst of all the hustle to grow a business.
-
Pay attention to what you need, because when you consistently feed your mind, body and spirit, you’ll emerge as an unstoppable force for good.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice – because the world is waiting to hear your story!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Nomad Cre8tive - https://www.nomadcre8tive.com/
Welcome to the third and final part of our Pick Your Platform Series.
So far, we’ve taken a look at podcasts and blogs as platform options and today we’re diving into YouTube and learning what makes it such a powerful place to build your brand or business.
So what’s so great about YouTube? Well, first of all, like the other two platforms we’ve discussed so far, YouTube is free, it’s public, it supports long-form content, has a long shelf life AND it’s shareable. So those are 5 great reasons to consider YouTube. I also love the freedom that YouTube gives us to upload videos of any length and style.
Now, keep in mind that the optimum length of a YouTube video is actually about 10 minutes – but even if that sounds short, remember there can be quite a bit of work involved if you’re doing a lot of video editing. But really, that part’s totally up to you.
Of course, the big advantage of YouTube is that you’re able to include video storytelling as a part of your platform. And depending on your audience, video can be a very powerful way to communicate your key message and establish a strong rapport with your viewers. Remember, as we build our brand, it’s really important for our audience to get to know us, like us and trust us.
And that can be done in a number of ways, but probably the BEST way is to show up consistently and offer quality content that adds value to the lives of your audience.
Now keep in mind that when you broadcast to YouTube, there are a few distinct advantages that video has over audio or the written word:
-
Video storytelling creates memorable messages. When we SEE a message as well as HEARING it, we tend to retain the message longer. Fact: with text and audio, your audience will remember only 10% of what you said 72 hours later. And that applies to this podcast as well. On the other hand, with video – which stimulates both our auditory and visual senses, an audience will retain up to 68% of the information you share.
-
Video storytelling is that it can help make complex subjects easier to understand. So if you’re explaining something that requires diagrams or images or a demonstration of some kind, then a YouTube channel might be a good fit for you.
-
Video storytelling can capture and hold your audience’s attention often a lot more easily than a blog or a podcast. Because let’s face it: there is a LOT competing for our attention these days. And when you take into account that video storytelling allows you to incorporate music and sound effects, graphics, setting and even wardrobe and props – well, it’s a pretty compelling argument that YouTube is a compelling platform that grabs audience attention.
There are some downsides of YouTube, of course. First, you have to be comfortable with being on camera. You also have to learn some video editing skills and be able to cut through the clutter since there are a LOT of YouTubers out there. But remember, you don’t need a million followers to have a viable business! Stick to it and show up consistently with quality content that helps solve your audience’s key pain points, and eventually you’ll grow to a point where you are thriving in the online space and creating a business with impact.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Welcome back to Part 2 of the Pick Your Platform Series! Today we’re talking about the second platform option which is blogs.
So what makes blogs such a great platform to reach your ideal customer?
First, blogs are a powerful platform because they can help establish you as an authority in your niche. Now, notice I did say niche. Because if you’re going to have blog, you really do need to niche down and know what specifically you’re blogging about. And once you DO niche down, then you’ll want to show up consistently on your blog to provide value, whether that’s in the form of tips and tools or guest interviews or links to other useful resources within the same niche.
The second reason blogs are a powerful platform is because they help generate important SEO which drives traffic to your web site. SEO stands for search engine optimization and it’s a key component of getting web site traffic. In a nutshell, when people search for a topic on Google, there are a LOT of web sites competing for the same reader’s attention. When you have a blog that’s attached to your web site, the fact that you’re publishing regular content and seeing frequent visits to your blog articles, helps your web site rise in the Google rankings.
The third reason blogs are effective is that they are extremely versatile. I love this about blogs. It used to be that blogs were all about text and articles. But these days, you can add audio and video, as well as links, gifs, memes and photos along with other attention-grabbing content. So while blogs are ideally suited for writers, I’ve also seen photographers and videographers and graphic artists take advantage of blogging platforms and use them to solve their audience’s unique challenges.
Pro Tip: Too many widgets and multimedia features can slow the download of your blog on someone else’s device (especially rural users). So my advice is to use visual elements, but keep it simple. Another thing to remember is that blog readers tend to be a part of an older demographic, most notably aged over the age of 30. In fact most are between the ages of 40 and 60. So if you’re trying to reach a younger demographic, then I’d opt for a different platform like YouTube or even podcasts.
But for those who do visit blogs, they tend to visit them often, and many of them become loyal fans for the blogs that speak directly to their unique interests or challenge.
The main advantage of a written document like a blog is that the audience member can read it over and over again until they understand the entire message. You can also include direct links so that enhances your ability to get paid by affiliates or you can lead readers to other resources or paid products you might offer. In turn, readers can share your blog link with others, which helps expand your reach and influence.
The downside of written storytelling platforms like blogs is that the audience has to have the time to focus and read the long-form content. And we all know that time is at a premium for most people these days. They also need to be able to find you, so that’s where the visibility tools come in.
BONUS TIP: Pair your blog strategy with a Pinterest strategy to get the best results!
Looking for support in launching YOUR blog? Click on the web site link below and let’s get you started!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Which platform are YOU currently using to get your message out to the world? If you’re not sure yet, then I’m excited to be launching a 3-part series today called Pick Your Platform!
In this podcast series, I’ll be talking about the pros and the cons of podcasts, blogs and YouTube channels. And by the end of this series, I hope you’ll have a clearer idea about which platform is the right fit for you.
In Part I of the Pick Your platform Podcast Series today, I’m going to be focusing on podcasts.
So here are the 5 main reasons why I think podcasting is a great way to build and maintain connections with my audience:
Podcasts are affordable to launch. I launched my own podcast for less than $150 which included a Yeti Nano microphone that my kids gave to me for Mother’s Day. But you could actually just use the free mic in your own phone if you wanted to. I also use Anchor to host my podcast which is free and I record all of my podcasts using Audacity which is also free. Finally, I use no paid ads and I hire an audio editor from time to time to help me fix tech glitches on my podcast as needed. But if you want to, you can edit your episodes for free by doing it yourself.
Podcasts are convenient and easy to consume for my listeners. This is one of the advantages I see between podcasts and the two other platforms I’ll be discussing in this series which are blogs and YouTube channels. My audience is nearly always on the move and they like to listen to my podcast as they go about their day. Podcasting reports actually tell us that more than 65% of people listen to podcasts while they’re on the move. Since they don’t need to watch or read my podcast, my audience members can even be driving in their car when they’re consuming my content. This is really convenient and since podcasts are also portable, they can go with my audience in whichever direction they’re heading next.
Podcasts allow you to go deep on a topic. People are more likely to listen longer to a podcast episode and as a result, you’re able to establish a fairly strong bond with that individual over time. So that’s the third reason I like podcasting and that’s because it allows me to dive deeper into the topics I’m discussing.
Podcasts provide a unique voice connection with your audience. Your voice creates a powerful connection between you and your audience. Did you know your voice identifies you as uniquely as your fingerprints do? It’s true! Even though two people might sound similar to each other, no two voices are exactly alike. So there’s a power that comes with establishing a bond with your audience that’s based on your own voice style.
And finally, there are fewer podcasts than blogs or YouTube channels to compete with. There are about 500,000 active podcasts in the world, but compared to the world’s 570 million blogs or 37 million YouTube channels, you have a lot better chance of cutting through the clutter with a podcast. So what are the downsides of podcasts? First, your audience needs to be comfortable with consuming content in an audio format. And second, you have to work hard to find a podcasting niche that fits your audience well, and then you need to build that audience one listener at a time. So be patient!
So how do you know if podcasting is for you? Revisit Episode 11 and Episode 12, as I get into this in more detail!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Over the years, I’ve stepped into many other roles where I felt out of my element, at least at first. And each time, when I voiced my uncertainty aloud, someone would inevitably say, “Don’t worry about it, Kerry – just fake it till you make it.”
All this was well before the authenticity movement and Brene Brown, of course. And over the past few years, I’ve noticed that every time someone tells me to “fake it till I make it”, it doesn’t sit well with me. Because first of all, I hate being fake. I like to be myself. I actually think I’m pretty awesome – and I hope you think YOU’RE pretty awesome too! Because you are.
So rather than buying into the “fake it till you make it” message these days, I’ve adopted a new internal message. And that message is “Be it till you see it.”
So here’s a simple, 3-step process to put the “Be It Till You See It” approach into motion starting today:
First, define the main goal. In other words, what do you want to “see” in the end? Is it business growth? A positive testimonial? A certain income level achieved? Or maybe it’s a question of personal growth and development. As you set your goal, determine a milestone that you can actually measure and track and make a note of what that would actually look like.
And be specific. If your goal is to earn a higher income, then define what that level is. That way you can actually measure or “see” it. If you’re looking to attract new clients, how many clients? If you want to move to a new location, what would that location ideally look like?
Some of you may have heard of SMART goals before. SMART goals are goals that are Specific Measurable Attainable Relevant and Time-Sensitive. When you approach your goal setting in this way, you can actually see what the end result should look like. And that makes the process of moving towards that goal so much clearer.
The second step is to determine who you need to be to reach your goal. Will this next level require you to be someone who’s on task? Deadline-focused? Creative? Detail oriented? For instance, if you are aiming to attract 5 new clients this month, who do you need to be to do it? Chances are, you’ll need to be hardworking, diligent, persistent, innovative and confident.
And once you identify those key traits or qualities, ask yourself: which of those elements do I already have and which ones am I missing? When we do this step, we often realize we actually possess several if not all of the characteristics that are needed to take us to the next level in life or business – we just need to kick it up a notch.
And here’s the good news: we don’t need to fake it. We don’t need to be anyone we aren’t. We just need to pay more attention to certain aspects of our identify in order to work on the pieces that need polishing.
The third step is to practice. If you need to be someone who’s more attentive, for instance, then practice your listening skills throughout your daily conversations. If you need to be someone who is better at managing money, then we can put into practice the financial responsibility lessons of experts like Dave Ramsey or Denise Duffield-Thomas. If you want to be a better leader, then listen in to Ted Talks by Sheryl Sandberg or Arianna Huffington. These are only a few tips to start, of course, but they do show that’s possible.
Because it’s not just about knowing who we need to be to meet our goal – it’s about practicing it regularly.
And when we put all three of these steps together, we’re able to grow into our dreams without compromising our authenticity. And that goes a long way to feeling good about ourselves and more confident in who we are and what we’re able to do. Because we’re not pretending to know more than we know or to be something other than who we actually are.
EPISODE LINK:
https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Today I'm sitting down with a woman who’s created a counter-culture movement – and she’s making no apologies for it.
As a self-described serial entrepreneur, Dionne Baker has been the driving force behind several successful brands over the past decade. From the launch of her first eCommerce store that went on to become an internationally recognized brand, to the projects she’s undertaken to help train and uplift other business owners on their own eCommerce journeys – Dionne’s passion for business, marketing, and everything in between has led to a storied career spanning multiple industries across North America.
Currently splitting her time between her apparel brand - Misfit Culture & her digital training and marketing brand ShopBoss Secrets - Dionne will be the first to tell you that her personal story is at the center of every brand she creates. So stay tuned, because there is so much ahead today that’s going to make you stop in your tracks and think again.
Here are my Top 10 takeaways from today’s conversation with Dionne:
-
Make no apologies for who you are. Just be yourself and the magic will unfold.
-
Only when we accept our own story are we able to accept the stories of others.
-
We need to look for points of intersection in the stories of those around us, rather than finding points of division
-
Our own pain gives us the power to be truly empathetic towards others and their hard stories.
-
Sharing our story allows others to feel seen and heard.
-
Fear is the only thing stopping you right now from sharing the gift only you can share with the world in the way only you can share it.
-
Don’t compare your beginning to someone else’s middle. Give yourself permission to ramp up.
-
Critics often project their own feelings of insecurity and inadequacy on others – remember, it’s not about you!
-
Accept the fact that you can’t do it all. And don’t be afraid to ask for help.
-
Surrounding yourself with a community that shares a common set of values is a great source of energy and motivation.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Misfit Culture - https://misfitculture.com/
Misfit Culture on Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/shopmisfitculture/
In today’s episode, I’m sharing 5 reasons why I script my podcast episodes:
#1 – Ensuring Accessibility
The bonus of scripting my podcasts is that it allows me to capture the most important points very quickly and save them as a my podcast transcript. This allows my non-hearing clients to also benefit from my podcast. As podcasters, it’s really easy to forget about the importance of accessibility. But when we take the time to make our resources available to everyone, it benefits us all.
#2 – Repurposing Podcast Scripts as Blog Posts
It’s easy to repurpose podcast transcripts and create blog post -- all you need to do is cut and paste your podcast summary! Again, this is not only accessible for those who are a part of the Deaf community but it also is the way some people prefer to access the content. So once again it expands my reach and my ability to get my message across to even more people than those who are listening to my podcast each week.
#3 – Scripting Keeps My Thoughts on Track
I’m a fan of frameworks and action items and processes that help explain to my listeners how they can move from point A to point B or overcome some kind of obstacle using a formula or approach that’s worked for me. So when I use a script, it helps me keep my ideas on track. When I’m going off on a tangent or I feel a rant coming on, I ask myself: is this on topic or is a topic for another podcast? And very often, it’s actually a separate podcast topic that I need to be creating at another time. The cool is that this means there is NEVER any shortage of podcast topics.
#4 – Scripting Works Best with My Personal Style
I’m a writer, so I think in sentences and paragraphs and not necessarily in free flow ideas which I know some other creators do. I’m someone who mulls over a topic for days sometimes before it becomes a podcast episode. So scripting is something that definitely come smore naturally to me than just winging it, and again that’s largely due to my own personality and preferences.
#5 – Scripting Makes It Easier to Work with an Audio Editor or Co-Host
Even if you’re a solo podcaster, you might share your audio files with an editor from time to time, and when you do, having the script to send a long makes it a lot easier for the other person to understand what needs to be added in or taken out, because the road map is there.
If you’re producing a podcast that’s co-hosted with someone else, then knowing who’s going to be saying what helps avoid repetition and interruptions.
So what are the downsides of scripting? First, it can be tempting to read in a monotone voice straight from the script. Second, it can seem to take a lot of time (though that’s time you’ll save in the long run).
In the end, do what works for YOU! And if you’d like to learn more, reach out to me today at one of the links below.
EPSODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Have you ever thought about the fact that ideas don’t come from inside our brains? They actually come from outside of us, usually from our experiences and our social interactions with those around us.
So let me ask you this: where do YOUR aha moments come from?
Give me a nod or a high five if you find your best ideas come:
-
While you’re in the bath or shower.
-
While you’re taking a walk.
-
While you’re speaking with a friend or colleague.
If so, you’re not alone. There’s a reason why great ideas come to us in these three scenarios, so let’s take a look at all three and discover why that is.
First, let’s talk about showers and bathtubs. Here’s a fun fact: cognitive scientists like Scott Barry Kaufman tell us that 72% of people get creative ideas while in the bath or shower. Seriously! That’s nearly 3 out of every 4 people. And you thought it was just you!
In a multinational study conducted by Kaufman and his team, he found that we consider showers and baths to be a safe space where we’re transported into a dopamine high. And not only that, our brains also tend to be more relaxed when we’re bathing and that leads to a distracted state of mind. And those three ingredients are key for idea generation. Safety, relaxation and distraction.
So that’s the first reason why 72% of the world’s population experiences idea generation inside the shower or bath -- and that’s because we feel safe, distracted and relaxed.
The second popular place where people find new ideas is while they’re out for a walk. Science tells us that walking gives our brains a boost since it naturally releases important, idea-generating chemicals: one is a protein that nourishes and energizes our neurons and the other is a hormone that helps produce a sense of calm and well-being. And as we’ve already discussed, our best ideas tend to come to us when we’re relaxed and the creativity is able to flow more freely.
On a related note, in 2014, Stanford University released a study that showed that our creative output as humans increases an average of 60% when we take a 30-minute walk. That’s right – we’re 60% more creative when we’re moving!
That probably explains why so many big companies like Apple and Porsche encourage walking meetings, rather than conducting sit-down meetings with their employees. And the reason is that we come up with more innovative solutions when we’re on the move. And by the way, the same experts tell us that a morning walk is more productive than walking at any other time of the day. So why not give it a try?
Finally, another great place to find the best ideas is through conversations with friends and colleagues. So here’s something you may not have thought about before. And that is that when we’re sharing our ideas with others, we’re hearing ourselves say them out loud! Sometimes for the first time. And that in itself can spark clarity and creativity within our brains.
So be sure to start building a tribe today if you don’t already have one -- and stay connected to others who can help collaborate with you when it come your new ideas or ventures. And keep in mind that conversations with others are a great source of idea generation.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today’s episode, I’m sitting down with an Indigenous woman entrepreneur, leader and mentor who’s making a powerful impact in the business world and beyond.
Shyra Barberstock is an Anishinaabe woman and a member of Kebaowek First Nation in Kipawa, Quebec. She’s also the President and CEO of Okwaho Equal Source, an Indigenous-owned social network based in Tyendinaga, Ontario.
With extensive knowledge of Indigenous entrepreneurship, economic development, and business relations, she’s passionate about serving Indigenous communities and working with organizations who value and appreciate the Indigenous experience.
In today’s interview, Shyra and I talk about her work with Indigenous women writer and entrepreneurs and why this is a great time to start a business, even with all of the crazy ups and downs. We also explore the idea of storytelling and its role within Indigenous culture.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from my conversation with Shyra:
-
Where there’s challenge, there’s always opportunity. So be sure to look for it.
-
There’s a time for talking and a time for doing. Make sure you know the difference.
-
Business is all about solving problems – and that includes social and environmental issues.
-
Never apologize for having a different definition for success than someone else; your own definition is what will propel you forward.
-
The biggest obstacle we face when taking on a new challenge is our own limiting beliefs; but if we manage our mindset, we can do anything.
-
Find someone in your network to help coach you through your challenges; a coach can not only help you build confidence, but also a clearer pathway for the future.
-
Storytelling is a powerful tool of creativity, empowerment and world-building.
-
A sacred circle of friends and community members are vital for keeping you motivated and accountable.
-
If you’re considering whether or not to tell your own story, go for it – be fearless! And if you’re scared, do it anyway.
-
When we spend time in each other’s company, we inspire each other with our own example of what’s possible.
Thanks so much for listening in to today’s episode. If you enjoyed today’s conversation with Shyra, feel free to take a screen shot and share it with your social media followers. And when you do, be sure to tag Power Your Platform. We’d love to share your key takeaways with our own followers. Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice – because the world is waiting to hear your story!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Okwaho Equal Source - https://okwaho.com/
Kwe-Biz Program for Indigenous Women Entrepreneurs - https://kwebiz.ca/
Indigenous Climate Hub - https://indigenousclimatehub.ca/
In today’s bonus episode, I’m sharing a recent workshop I delivered for the Small Business Centre in the Bay of Quinte region on "How to Build a Business Podcast from Scratch". So thanks to Brianna and her team for the invitation to speak at this recent event.
If you’ve been thinking about creating a podcast to support your business, then this episode for you. In this recorded workshop, I talk about why podcasts make excellent business building platforms, how podcasts help grow business leads as well as tips for creating a successful business podcast.
So I hope you find it helpful! And if you’re a woman speaker, leader or entrepreneur who’s looking to launch her own podcast in 2022, then be sure to reach out to me if you’re looking for someone to coach you along the journey.
If you'd like to see the full video version of today's workshop (including slides) then head over to our free Power Your Platform Facebook group. That’s where I’ll be posting the entire video version of today’s podcast.
Thanks for listening to this bonus episode. I hope you learned a little bit more about how a podcast can help boost your business. And don’t forget, if you’re interested in launching your own business podcast, reach out to me and I’d be happy to help coach you through it. Because only 26% of the world’s podcasts are produced by women and we NEED to hear more women’s voices in the podcasting space, don’t you agree?
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group
PowerHER Platform web site
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter
As many of you know, I’ve been sending out a weekly writing prompt for several months now to the subscribers of our Story Fuel Newsletter. And it’s been so great to see so many of you stretching your creative muscle and getting out of your writing rut.
So today I thought I’d highlight 5 of our past writing prompts and hopefully help inspire YOU to get into the routine of writing, editing and thinking creatively about words and their impact.
1. Write a letter to a fictional future customer. In the letter, tell them you remember when they first came to you with their problem (specific the problem). Explain how you worked on the problem, the solutions you provided and what the final outcome was for the client. Not only does this writing exercise help you get clear on what you do and why you do it, it also helps you articulate your message for your audience.
2. The One-Syllable Word Challenge. One-syllable words are powerful. And one reason they’re so powerful is that they’re simple to say and to remember. And there are waaay more one-syllable words out there than we realize. So your challenge is to write a page in your journal at the end of the day capturing the highlights of what you did using only one-syllable words. And trust me, it’s not as easy as you think!
3. Use alliteration. Alliteration is the grouping of similar words or phrases that share a common beginning sound or letter like Krispy Kreme, Coca Cola or Best Buy. It’s effective since it’s easy on the ears and it gets our audience’s attention. So your writing prompt today is to rewrite your grocery list this week and add in adjectives that starts with the same letter of each item on your list.
For instance, this week my grocery list includes:
-
Bucolic Bananas
-
Flinching Facewipes
-
Ostracizing Olive Oil
-
Pluralistic Popcorn
-
Transformative Toilet Paper
And here’s a hint – always start with the grocery list item, NOT the adjective. And for goodness sake, have FUN with it!
4. Create your own word and use it in everyday conversation. There are a lot of words people make up – whether it’s as company names or product names – and the ability to think outside of your regular vocabulary can go a long way to helping you achieve something that’s one-of-a—kind. Consider the following brand name which are all completely made up words: Kodak, Jeep, Velcro, Pringles, Pepsi, Spanx and of course, Google!
So what kind of word could you create this week? And don’t forget to use it in conversation!
5. Create your own mnemonic. A mnemonic is a pattern of letters, ideas, or associations that assists in remembering something. For instance, when learning music, you may have learned the names of the Treble clef lines and spaces using the mnemonic “Every Good Boy Deserves Fudge” and FACE. So my challenge for you this week is to find a mnemonic that works for your business, to help your clients or customers remember what it is you do or a specific way you do it. Think of a process you used that could be more simply explained with a mnemonic or a set of values. The key is to make something easier to understand.
Happy writing!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group
PowerHER Platform web site
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter
In today’s episode we’re talking about how to spark interest and engagement by using curiosity marketing. And if you do it right, it can make a huge difference in the effectiveness of your online storytelling.
So here are four tips for using curiosity in your next marketing campaign:
Add a little mystery. You can actually tease out a big announcement by using tactics like mystery clues or even partially hidden photographs. Have you ever seen those images that are extreme close-ups of an object and you try to guess what it is? It’s a fun way to get people engaged and guessing about what’s coming next.
Another idea is to mix up a key word or phrase leading up to a big reveal, and challenge your audience to unscramble it. You can also drop hints about who an upcoming guest is going to be, or a new project you’re working on. Have fun with it!
Use the right script. Pay attention to the words you use when you’re teasing out a new announcement in your marketing. Experiment with your own catchphrases until you find one that works for you and of course, the one that resonates with your audience. Because words matter. So that’s my second tip which is to use the right script.
Remember that timing is key. When you start to tease out a big announcement, you don’t want to do it too far in advance or your audience is going to get bored and tune out. Between 5 and 7 days is ample time to add a little mystery and build up to a big reveal. The longer the lead time you give people, the more likely they’re going to get distracted and wander off to another bright, shiny object, causing them to forget entirely about your big reveal.
Create an Easter Egg Hunt. "Easter eggs" are what we call an inside joke or a hidden feature of a post, a podcast, a YouTube video or even a music album. The idea first came about in video gaming actually when programmers would hide little memes inside the games that only the best players would understand. Easter Eggs can bring a community together, for one thing, because they get people talking. If your audience feels like they’re in on a secret, they’ll take great delight in sharing that secret with someone else. It makes them feel like a bit of a VIP because they’re the one who’s on the inside track of the group. As well, Easter Eggs can create increased audience engagement and interest around your content as people watch for the Easter Eggs inside your content. And ultimately, Easter Eggs help you create a slightly more impressive brand since they take some planning and a really good understanding of your audience. But when they work, they work brilliantly, because they help us build more memorable brands.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group
PowerHER Platform web site
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter
In today’s episode, I’m interviewing a gifted designer who has combined her passion for fashion with her love of the planet.
Originally from Belleville, Ontario, Heather Case studied fashion design at Fanshawe College in London, Ontario. She went on to intern with Canadian designer Lida Baday and worked with the company Preloved in Toronto before opening her own custom design business in Picton, Ontario.
After a few years of gaining knowledge of fit techniques, pattern development and a growing attachment to natural textiles Heather eventually launched her own sustainable line of women’s apparel, fittingly named Heather Case Handmade Clothing.
Today, Heather prides herself on creating fashions are wearable, sustainable and Canadian-made. I’m also proud to say she’s one of my incredible coaching clients.
In today’s conversation, Heather and I talk about how to curate an eco-friendly closet, as well as how collaboration can be the catalyst for growth and expansion inside your business.
We also discuss Heather’s own story, as well as side hustles, markets and pop-up events, not to mention the benefits of finding your own business coach.
Here are my top 10 takeaways from my conversation with Heather:
-
We only have one planet, and we need to protect it.
-
Sourcing goods and talent locally can help reduce our business’s carbon footprint, while also boosting the local economy.
-
Collaboration opens your mind, gives you new ideas and helps you reach new audiences.
-
Finding a supportive community often starts with you speaking up about what matters most to you.
-
Pop-up events are an effective way to grow your brand and extend your audience reach.
-
Adopting a “slow grow” approach to the way you do business can help you release unreasonable expectations and position you for steady expansion.
-
Solopreneurs can often benefit from the insights of a coach since they bring a fresh set of eyes to your brand or business.
-
When you’re feeling overwhelmed, remember to take it one baby step at a time.
-
Letting go of being in control can be challenging for small business owners, but it also may be the step you need to take to ensure future growth.
-
Risk can be scary, but it’s also a necessary part of growing your business.
Thanks so much for listening in today! If you enjoyed this episode, please take a screen shot and share it with your followers on Instagram or Facebook – and be sure to tag us at Power Your Platform! I love to see your big takeaways from each episode and share them with my followers as well.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Heather Case Handmade Clothing - https://heathercase.ca/
Side Hustle Market - https://sidehustlemarket.ca/
Today we’re talking about courage and how we can find the strength and the mindset to take the necessary steps to put our dreams into action.
Have you ever seen the movie “We Bought a Zoo?” starring Matt Damon and Scarlet Johansen? It’s a movie that came out a few years ago, and it’s loosely based on the true story of a Benjamin Mee who owns Dartmoor Zoological Park in Devon, England. After Benjamin lost his wife to cancer, he and his kids made the bold move to purchase a defunct zoo and turn it into a booming business.
It’s a great story, but there’s one line in particular in the movie that has always stayed with me. Maybe you remember it too.
In the movie, Benjamin is speaking to his son when he says, “"You know, sometimes all you need is 20 seconds of insane courage. Just, literally, 20 seconds of just embarrassing bravery. And I promise you, something great will come of it."
I love that thought, don’t you?
I’ve spoken to so many women over the years who have told me they had carried an idea or a dream with them for years, and sometimes even decades. And what they found was that all it took was about 20 seconds of courage to send an email or make a phone call or reach out for an opportunity that was right in front of them. And once they did, the journey began and each step became clearer as their story unfolded.
So, knowing that so many of us struggle to take that first step and leave our cozy comfort zone, I’ve created a list of 3 strategies to help you take action starting TODAY!
1. Remember your purpose. Back in episode 6, we talked about the fact that we all need a rebel cry if we’re going to make an impact in the world. And actually one of the books that helped me develop my own rebel cry was The 3-Word Rebellion by Dr. Michelle Mazur. Having a rebel cry is all about knowing and understanding your purpose and then declaring it to the world. Because once you do, you realize that not taking action isn’t an option. Somewhere, someone is waiting to hear your story and your solution as well as the life lessons you’ve learned along the way.
2. Just focus on the NEXT step, rather than the whole journey. If you’re feeling overwhelmed when you imagine where the path might lead, just remember you’re not going to move from zero to 60 in a single day. In fact, it could take several weeks or even months. But if you don’t take the first step today, then you’ll be in exactly the same spot a year from now. And if you were to find yourself in the same circumstances one year from today, would you be OK with that?
3. Surround yourself with other action takers. When we spend time with others who are facing similar challenges, it helps us feel less alone. As well, when we’re collaborating, we’re not competing. We share our resources and cheer each other on. You’ve no doubt heard the saying that “A rising tide lifts all the boats.” Well, that’s just the way community works. I’ve seen it over and over again with my own eyes. And it is truly a beautiful thing. It’s also one of the best reasons I can think of for becoming a part of a community of action takers.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group
PowerHER Platform web site
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter
The 3-Word Rebellion (book)
Welcome back to another inspiring interview with an immigrant woman entrepreneur whose story recently led her to take the stage at TEDX Kanata. Karla Briones is a business strategist who coaches new immigrants, BIPOC and underrepresented business owners on becoming successful entrepreneurs with scalable ventures. She’s the founder of IDEA which stands for Immigrants Developing Entrepreneurs Academy. It’s an online platform designed to educate and connect newcomers to the Canadian business ecosystem.
Karla is a Nation’s Capital Immigrant Entrepreneur of the Year award recipient and a TEDx Speaker on the topic of immigrant entrepreneurship. She’s also a small business columnist for the Ottawa Citizen and an active part of her community. On top of all this, Karla owns three business in the Ottawa region, including Global Pet Foods Kanata and Global Pet Foods Hintonburg as well as Freshii Westboro.
In today’s episode, Karla and I talk about the courage it takes to share our own story and the magic that happens when we do. Hearing Karla’s story today really made me think.
After all, so many of us fail to see the magic in our own journey, and the power that comes when we share that journey with others. I’m always grateful when women like Karla step onto new stages and have the courage to be the first one to deliver a message or to share a version of a story that other people really need to hear.
And what’s more, when we share our own story, we’re creating meaningful connections with so many other people who can relate to what we’re speaking about and who find comfort and inspiration in the words that we share.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s conversation with Karla:
-
It’s the vulnerable parts of our story that make us relatable to others.
-
Our authentic story can remove barriers between ourselves and the audience we’re serving.
-
When we become leaders, success is all about growing other people.
-
We all have a different definition of success. And that’s exactly the way it should be.
-
Never underestimate the value of your own network and how far it can take you.
-
Always be bold enough to knock on a new door and ask for the help you need.
-
Networking is a 2-way street. When you receive help, be sure to look for opportunities to help out someone else.
-
Don’t discount the power of your own story; someone somewhere is waiting to hear it.
-
It’s often the ordinary, everyday stories that make the greatest impact in the world.
-
We can’t imagine the ripple effect that takes place when we’re bold enough to share our own story.
Thanks so much for listening in to today’s episode. If you enjoyed this interview, please take a moment to subscribe, rate and review Power Your Platform on Apple Podcasts. When you do, we’ll be able to help us reach more women and encourage them to turn up the volume on their own stories.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice – because the world is waiting to hear your story!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group
PowerHER Platform web site
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter
Karla Briones
TEDX Kanata Talk
If you’ve ever struggled with getting started with your story, and wondering if it’s possible to get over all the story blockers that seem to be in your way, then today’s episode has got your name written all over it.
A few months ago, I started getting a lot of questions from my audience about how to create a story brand, and they were looking for tools that extended beyond what they could access through this podcast. And it took me a little while, but I’m excited to FINALLY deliver a solution that I think you’re going to love.
My new mini-class is called “How to Create a Story Brand” and it’s a 35-minute video that you can download once and watch as many times as you like. For those of you who need to see as well as hear training content, this min-class is a great solution since it provides plenty of visuals to accompany the teaching tools that I share inside the session.
What I think you’ll really like about this approach is that you can learn at your own pace, so you don’t need to show up at a certain place or time – it’s all about your schedule and what works for you.
PLUS, like I said, the training is only 35 minutes long – so you could literally watch it during your lunch break or at a time of day when you like to carve out a little “me time” for yourself.
So what’s actually inside the mini-class?
First, we take a look at what a story brand is and why stories are such a powerful tool when it comes to building a business. We then explore what it takes to turn our aha moments into story fuel – because after all, we all have stories to share, don’t we? The challenge is articulating those stories in a way that connects in a real way with audiences and helps us to create a brand or a business around them.
We also discuss the 3 most common story blockers for women and how we can overcome them. And finally, I share with you the secret to getting started before you’re ready. Because if there’s one thing I know, it’s that taking that FIRST STEP is the key. Once we’re in motion, the momentum follows and truly incredible things begin to happen.
Another thing I should mention is that if you’ve been wanting to get a taste of what it would be like to work with a story coach, then this mini-class is a great way to get a better feel for what it’s all about.
Because, chances are, you’re like one of the hundreds of other female speakers, leaders and entrepreneurs that I’ve worked with in the past which means you’re ready to make the next move – you’re just not exactly sure what that next step is.
So, here’s the thing: if you’re looking to create a story brand that allow you to build a business or make a social impact in the world, then this new mini-class is a great place to start.
And the first action you need to take isn’t a big one at all. All you need to do is click on the shownotes for this podcast episode or visit powerherplatform.com and click on “New Mini-Class” and download the 35-minute video.
And did I mention this mini-class is available right now for the sweet, low price of only $27? It’s basically the cost of a take-out dinner – only in this case, you’re get a healthy helping of actionable steps and mindset tools that will help guide you in sharing YOUR unique story with the world.
Because our story IS worth sharing. No matter what you may believe right now, the path that led you here to this place is for a reason – and somewhere someone is waiting to hear the story only you can share.
Together, we can make 2022 the year YOU finally decided to share your story and connect with an audience that’s waiting to hear what you have to say.
Are you ready to take real action and move in the direction of your dreams? Ok then – let’s do this!
EPISODE LINKS:
Check out the Mini-Class here!
Women make exceptional storytellers! And here’s why:
Women are curious and curiosity drives storytelling. Storytelling is an act of exploration, whether that’s a new topic or a new plot line or a new way of communicating what it is you do inside your business. We NEED curiosity to flourish as storytellers.
Women are great collaborators. Dr. Pamela Rutledge says “stories are about collaboration and connection”. And the good news is that women are great at both! Dr. Rutledge goes on to say that when we tell stories, we’re allowing others to enter a specific part of our own human experience. And in turn, they respond and tell us about their own journey and bits of their story begin to become a part of our story and before we’re done, we’ve created a beautiful tapestry that’s interwoven with all of our individual story threads.
Women also tend to be wonderful community builders. We take the time to not only talk to our audience, but we also take the time to listen and get to know our audience. And when we do, we’re able to build better relationships with our that audience. So when we share our stories, we lay the foundation to build a community – and not just any community, but a community where people feel they truly belong. At the heart of communal storytelling is inclusion – because after all, we’re all here on earth sharing a human experience. And that experience is unpredictable and beautiful and sad and joyful all wrapped up together. It’s what we all have in common.
Women are also more empathetic. So why does empathy make us better storytellers? Because stories connect us and inspire us as human beings. And nothing does a better job of drawing people together than seeing ourselves in each other’s stories. There’s a unifying power in that. And even when our eyes can’t see what we have in common because of our upbringing and unconscious bias – our emotional intelligence can help us identify the parts of ourselves that relate to another person. And that allows us to create powerful stories that deliver a lasting impact.
Women are detail-oriented. We tend often to absorb more information and store it away in our brains until we need it. In other words, we’re keen observers. It’s just the way we’re wired – but the result is that we tend to add more detail to a story which brings it to life, adding vibrancy and depth and dimension.
And finally, women are resourceful. And our resourcefulness as women carries over into our storytelling as well. In today’s overcrowded message culture, coming up with unique and effective ways to get our story across is a talent that’s worthwhile noting. As Audrey Hepburn once famously said, “Nothing is impossible. The word itself says IM Possible!” And it’s that mindset that’s needed before we can be truly resourceful and quick to pivot and tell an old story in a new way.
When you think about it, there is absolutely NO reason why you should hide behind your brand or your business – it’s time to tell YOUR story and let the world see what they’ve been missing.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group
PowerHER Platform web site
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter
“Everything is Figureoutable” by Marie Forleo
Welcome back to the final podcast episode of 2021! Well, it’s been a year, hasn’t it? And while there have certainly been some silver linings, there have also been a lot of bumps in the road. No matter who you are or where you live or what you do, during the past year, there have been delays of epic proportions, interruptions to the way we’re used to getting things done, and an overall hesitancy to make any big plans in case they all get scrapped at a moment’s notice.
And I’ll admit, one of the biggest lessons I took away from this past year was to Embrace the Slow Grow.
So I thought I’d share my thoughts with you on this topic today as it relates to building your story brand and even setting goals for the year that lies ahead.
Here are three strategies I’ve adopted to help me Embrace the Slow Grow as we move into 2022.
Manage Your Expectations
When it comes to setting expectations in our business, we need to first consider where we’re getting our expectations in the first place. Are the milestones we’re aiming for realistic ones? Or are we trying to be like the latest shooting star on social media?
The thing with shooting stars is that they fade away pretty quickly once their moment has come and gone. And I don’t know about you, but I plan on shining for a good, long time before I ever fade off into the distance.
So when it comes to managing expectations in my own business, I’ve decided to give myself permission to grow at my own pace. That includes setting reasonable micro-goals and celebrating each one as I pass them. It also means setting some “to be” goals rather than just “to do” goals. In 2022, for instance, I’ve set some goals for myself to be more courageous, more creative and more consistent.
Be wise with business spending.
When times are uncertain, it makes sense to keep cash on reserve in case of an emergency. So while I definitely plan to invest in the tools and coaching that will have a high return on investment for me and my business, I’m going to be careful not to chase down the latest fads that usually carry a pretty hefty price tag. I’m a big believer that less is more and that simple businesses have just as good a chance of succeeding as businesses with all the bells and whistles. What it comes down to is this: what allows you to make an impact? And what do you need to do it?
So my challenge to you is to take a look at your own business and see where you can reduce waste or excess spending. In some cases, you might want to band together with other small business owners in your area to barter or buy in bulk together. There are so many solutions, it’s just a matter of getting creative with your spending.
Don’t Compare Yourself with Others
I learned long ago that it’s an easy trap to fall into and it’s one you’ll be stuck in forever if you don’t realize you’re there. Instead of competing, I’ll be focused on collaborating and building community. I call these joyful connections and intentional collaborations. Because honestly, that’s what’s worked best for me in the past and I believe it’s going to carry Power Your Platform into the year ahead.
There’s actually a great book written by Lucy Sheridan called “The Comparison Cure: How to Be Less Them and More You”. You can click on the shownotes for details, but Lucy helps readers go from compare and despair to Comparison Free. And that’s exactly the kind of freedom I’m looking for, how about you?
If you’d like to check out my Slow Grow Pledge for 2022, visit our free Power Your Platform Facebook group today.
Happy new year!
EPISODE LINKS:
Take the Slow Grow Challenge
PowerHER Platform
As a Story Coach I get to work with the most amazing women and I’m so grateful to know each one of them. One of the things I enjoy most about the work I do is helping women connect the dots when it comes to their own story and the impact they want to make in the world.
In today’s episode, I’m chatting with one of my clients, Jenny Chandler, the owner of Simple Desk in Trenton, Ontario. Jenny came to me a few months ago when she was interested in launching a new brand, one that was closely connected with her personal story. I loved that conversation with Jenny today because it took me back to the very first Story Coaching session we had.
So often when people come to me, they have a vague idea of what they want to do and what they want to say, but they’re not sure what to call it or which platform will work best for them.
In Jenny’s case, we were able to come up with a brand name which is Girl, You Deserve More. And what’s more, we were able to map out a course of action that would take Jenny from the concept stage to the implementation stage. And I’m so excited to say that she is well on her way to becoming a powerful influence for women who are looking for more, but aren’t sure where to find it.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s interview with Jenny:
-
Telling your story can be scary – but working with a story coach can help you get the clarity and confidence you need to get started.
-
Be your own cheerleader – and if you need some extra reinforcement, don’t forget, your coach is always by your side.
-
Acknowledge your fears and limiting beliefs. Keep a journal and refer back to it to see how far you’ve come.
-
Regular coaching sessions can help you move your idea forward, even on the days when you’re feeling stuck inside your head.
-
When we share our own life lessons with others, not only does it help someone else who is struggling, but it also reminds us of the power we have inside us.
-
There is no limit to where you can take your life. You just need to take that first step.
-
New opportunities will present themselves when we begin to take action.
-
A brain dump is a great place to start and an important part of any creative process.
-
Transformation is part of every powerful story.
-
There is always a ripple effect that takes place when we share our own story.
Thanks so much for listening in to today’s episode. If you're interested in learning more about story coaching, be sure to reach out to us at https://www.powerherplatform.com/. Let's chat!
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice – because the world is waiting to hear your story!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Girl, You Deserve More Simple Desk - https://player.fm/series/girl-you-deserve-more
Jenny’s Book Recommendation: “Single on Purpose” by The Angry Therapist - https://tinyurl.com/2p8a8um3
It’s a magical time of the year, there’s no doubt about it. And all this talk about gifts and giving has made me think about the gifts we give to others – and ourselves – when we share our story.
So I hope you’ll enjoying listening in today to the 3 gifts storytellers give us – and the long-lasting impact of sharing our journey with others.
If you’re not already a part of our free Power Your Platform Facebook community, I’d love for you to join us there. You can click on the shownotes for this episode to ask to join today.
But for now, let’s unwrap today’s episode and get to the good stuff.
Over the years as a storyteller, I’ve discovered is that there are at least 3 gifts that storytellers offer the world.
The first gift storytellers offer the world is the gift of connection. The truth is stories are the bridges that connect us to each other. When we hear a story, scientific research shows that our brain waves actually start to synchronize with those of the storyteller.
Not only do stories connect our brains, but they also shows us we’re not alone. When someone shares a story that we can relate to, our reaction is often, “Hey, me too!” And that reaction of seeing ourselves in someone else’s story creates empathy and understanding as well as an undeniable connection to another human being.
In many cases, as listeners or readers, we can hold up a story and actually see a reflection of our own face. Because in the end, we’re all human. And while our experiences may be different, inside we’re pretty much the same.
The second gift storytellers give us is related to the first – it’s the gift of community. So often, we walk through life believing we are the only person who has ever experienced a particular emotion or setback or defeat – when in fact, there are thousands if not millions of others who are walking a similar journey. When we share our story, we draw others to us, and that often results in the creation of a common bond or community.
A third gift storytellers give us is the gift of a more diverse and inclusive worldview. Imagine if all our stories were the same. How incredibly boring would that be? Instead, we have all followed different paths and experienced different moments during our lifetimes. We have encountered different humans and had different reactions to a wide range of events. By sharing these stories with others, we contribute to the richness of the story fabric in our own communities and around the world.
When we intentionally seek out a variety of stories and recognize that one person’s story does not represent an entire culture’s story, then we can better appreciate the individuality and uniqueness of the humans who surround us every day.
As we wrap up today, I want to give you a challenge. If you’ve been holding back on sharing your story with the world, then I hope you’ll reconsider. Because there are so many gifts that lie inside your story. And often we look at our story and we see a chaotic collection of experiences and random lessons that we’re not quite sure will come together to mean anything significant.
But that doesn’t mean it’s not worth the effort.
So whether you tackle your story on your own or you reach out to a story coach for help, I hope you’ll recognize the value inside your own story, and the potential it has to create a real impact in the world.
And the beautiful thing is that sharing our story often doesn’t cost a thing. So why not share the gift of your own story with someone else this holiday season. Because when you do, you may just find that the simple act of giving is the greatest gift of all.
EPISODE LINK:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group
Welcome to my first ever candlelit interview! Inside today’s episode, I’ll be talking to a fun-loving woman entrepreneur who’s lighting up this holiday season in a big w Emily Prout is the owner and founder of Arrow It Forward, a handmade home fragrance business based in Gananoque, Ontario.
Arrow It Forward specializes in creating room and linen sprays, reusable car fresheners as well as an innovative line of soy candles that are sure to bring a smile to your face.
With creative scents like “Adulting Is Hard”, “Mom Life”, “Hot Mess” and “Ugly Christmas Sweater”, it’s not hard to see what Emily’s customers have to smile about.
In this interview, Emily and I discuss everything from how she names her products and creates a stunning presence on social media to how she gets innovative when it comes to reaching new markets.
Here are my Top 10 takeaways from today’s conversation:
-
Inspiration is all around us, we just need to pay attention.
-
Find out what sets you apart -- and pursue it with all you’ve got!
-
Always have fun at work!
-
You are your brand. Don’t be afraid to let your light shine!
-
Ditch the social media rules and instead, start up a conversation with your audience.
-
Always be on the look-out for new and innovative ways to connect with your customers.
-
Be conscious of your time when you’re first starting out in business. Ask for help when you need it so you can spend more time in your zone of genius.
-
Sprinkle stories about yourself throughout your social media – they’re a great way to build connections with your core audience.
-
Partner with others to amplify your message and your brand.
-
Remember, when you follow your passion, you’ll light up the world!
And hey, the new year is coming – be sure to check out Emily’s newest candle which is named, “OK 2022 – You’ve got this.”
Until next time, keep on owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear your story!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Arrow It Forward - https://www.arrowitforward.com/
Welcome to a special bonus episode where I’m talking about my podcast bloopers. And not just the bloopers – but the mindset that it’s taken me to move past those bloopers and keep on showing up for my audience – even when I’m afraid to fail.
The truth is that we all make mistakes. And that’s OK. In fact, it’s totally normal. And today I hope this episode helps normalize the idea that we’re flawed human beings who are just doing their best every single day. And that definitely means we’re ALL going to end up with our fair share of bloopers.
In fact, there’s a new word that one of my friends shared with me recently. And that word is FLAWSOME. Have you heard it before? F-L-A-W-S-O-M-E. Flawsome.
The word flawsome is actually made up of two words: the word flaws and the word awesome. And it describes a person who accepts themselves in spite of their flaws and knows that they are awesome even though they’re not perfect. So – there you go. I hope you’ll claim “flawsome” as your own word as your own today.
So as I look back on more than 45 episodes that I’ve shared on this podcast to date, a few glaring errors come to mind.
-
Microphone bumps.
-
My dog’s toenails clicking on the wooden floor of my office.
-
Scratchy blips when I first started out.
-
Referring to the wrong podcast numbers from time to time.
-
Mispronouncing the Japanese phrase “Ichigo Ichie” in Episode 7.
-
Attributing the quote “You had the power all along” to Dorothy and not Glinda the Good Witch of the North in Episode 43.
And so many others!
If you think you might be a perfectionist, here are 5 signs to watch for:
-
You put off making any decision when you don’t have every single step figured out.
-
You don’t tolerate mistakes in yourself or others.
-
You stay in your comfort zone, rather than risk embarrassing yourself.
-
You’re stuck on the comparison hamster wheel, constantly measuring your work against the work of others.
-
You keep second-guessing yourself.
Sound familiar? Sheryl Sandberg once said, “Done is better than perfect.” And it’s a motto I’ve come to adopt as my own.
So let yourself off the hook, sister. If you get nothing else out of this podcast today, I hope it’s the knowledge that you don’t need to get it right every time. In fact, sometimes it’s in the mistakes we make that we discover our true genius.
Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear your story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group
PowerHER Platform web site
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter
Story of Ruth Wakefield
In today’s episode, we’re doing something brand new. I’m so excited to be interviewing one of my Story Coaching clients, and getting her first-hand insight on what it’s like to work with a story coach.
Julia Van Huizen is a multi-talented individual who empowers women of faith to rethink their approach to mental health, giving them permission to say “yes” to radical self-acceptance. In this episode, Julia and I talk about where she was at when she first began working with me as a story coaching client and how her brand developed during our time together.
She also highlights some of the limiting beliefs she struggled with before even signing up to become a story coaching client. And I think those limiting beliefs will sound very familiar to a lot of us. We’ll also get to the heart of her mission, the audience she feels called to serve, and some valuable tips for how we can ALL practice radical self--acceptance.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s interview:
-
The most important decision we can make is the decision to get started.
-
We all face limiting beliefs; but seeing failure as a part of the learning process can help us overcome our fear of rejection.
-
Knowing who our core audience is can be a game-changer when it comes to launching a successful brand.
-
A story coach can help us dig deep and put our core message into words.
-
We all lose momentum sometimes; when we do, it’s helpful to have someone in our corner keep us focused and moving forward.
-
Taking consistent baby steps is just as important as making a giant leap.
-
Creating a brand in isolation can be challenging; a story coach can be a helpful sounding board and provide fresh perspective.
-
We empower others when we share our own story.
-
Someday, your story could become someone else’s survival guide.
-
We are our own harshest critics; always give yourself more grace than you feel you deserve.
Thanks for listening in today! If you enjoyed this interview – and if you did, be sure to take a screen shot and share it to your Instagram feed – and don’t forget to tag @PowerYourPlatform and @The Gratitude Rebel when you do! We’d love to share your feedback with our followers.
If you’re interested in learning more about story coaching, reach out to me today at www.powerherplatform.com.
Until next time, remember to own your story, follow your purpose and raise your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear your story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
The Gratitude Rebel - https://thegratituderebel.com/
In this episode, we’re going to drop in on The Good Joy Podcast where I was recently a guest. And I’ve excerpted a portion of the conversation to share with you here. I hope you’ll enjoy being a fly on the wall as Pamela Sylvan and I discuss various topics, including collaboration, confidence and the importance of listening to other people’s stories.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from this episode:
-
When we connect with others who aren’t like us, we become aware of our own blind spots.
-
When we’re collaborating, we’re not competing.
-
There’s enough to go around; if you succeed, it doesn’t mean I fail.
-
We can bring our own chair to the table that other people have built -- OR we can build an entirely new table and start our own conversation.
-
Mindset is one of the most important aspects of any business.
-
Our everyday language reveals our confidence level.
-
Collaboration requires that we contribute to the conversation as much as we take in other people’s ideas.
-
We need examples of strong women around us; after all, if we can see it, we can be it.
-
Diversity brings a new perspective to the way we view ourselves, the world and other people in it.
-
Paying attention to other people’s stories help us become more empathetic towards other human being sin this world.
Interested in working together? Reach out to me at powerherplatform.com today!
Until next time, remember to own your story, follow your purpose and raise your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear your story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Book link: "Radical Candour" - https://www.amazon.ca/gp/product/1250258405?ie=UTF8&tag=poweryourplat-20&camp=15121&linkCode=xm2&creativeASIN=1250258405
The Good Joy Podcast - https://thegoodjoypodcast.com/episode/joy-of-collaboration
Today we’re going to be exploring the topic of story stretching and how you can avoid getting stuck when comes to your own creative process.
Have you ever suffered from a case of BPS? Blank Page Syndrome is a condition that can slow your progress and leave you feeling frustrated and alone. The truth is, there is a LOT of writing that’s involved when it comes to building a brand.
But you can do this – and this podcast can help.
Today I’m going to suggest 3 strategies for not only helping you stay mentally flexible, but also to address the elephant in the room which is that we’re really afraid of failing.
The first strategy is to explore new paths. When we get outside of our own familiar surroundings and try new experiences, it helps us get out of our mental rut. Exploring new paths helps us to loosen up creatively, and allows us to explore new options for the challenges we’re facing.
Not only does this help us become better story writers, it also helps build our confidence. Because over time, we realize the answers were already inside of me. We just need to follow the right route to find them.
The second strategy for stretching your story muscle is to get back to play. When we play, we tap into the part of our brain that allows us to look at the world differently, and allows us to consider that anything is possible. So if you struggle with a fixed mindset that keeps you locked in your old ways and leaves you feeling stuck, then consider setting up a play date for yourself – and watch what happens when your creative muscles begin to get back in shape.
A third tip for stretching your storytelling muscle is to embrace new collaborations. Collaboration is such a powerful tool, because it helps us get out of our own heads and see things from a brand new perspective. So what do I mean by collaboration? Well, it could be that you team up with another business owner to co-host a workshop or an event. Maybe you cross-promote each other’s businesses or services. Or maybe you just commit to sharing resources or connections.
Collaboration also helps us build our story confidence. Because it highlights our unique gifts that we bring to the table. Sure, we’re going to learn new things in a collaboration, but we’re also going to teach someone what we know, and that act in itself, is a huge confidence booster. Because we have so much to offer, and sometimes we just need to be reminded of that fact.
I hope these simple tips help you stretch your creative story muscle and remind you of all of the amazing gifts, talents and abilities you have inside you.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Today I’m answering 6 questions from the Power Your Platform audience. A few weeks ago, I posted on social media that I would be doing this episode, and I invited people to ask me anything about storytelling or brand building or even podcasting.
Question #1: “How far ahead do you plan out your podcasts?” ~ Leah, Signable Vi5ion
Answer: When it comes to my podcast episodes, I like to be ahead by at least a few weeks. So that means I’m usually about 8 to 10 episodes ahead. And the beauty of being ahead is that you have space to think. You’re not super-pressured to meet a deadline so for me, that means the creativity flows a lot more easily. One of the ways I’m able to get ahead on my podcasts is by batching. I set aside 2-3 hours at a time, usually on a Saturday, and I record 2 or 3 episodes back to back. Batching allows me to stay ahead of the game.
Question #2: “How do you get feedback from your podcast?” ~ Paula, Barkn Up the Green Tree
Answer: I gather podcast feedback three ways: Apple Podcast ratings and reviews; our social media engagement; and through my podcast analytics.
Question #3: “How do you build a genuine story without giving away too many personal details?” ~ Geraldine, Lumii Films
Answer: There’s a fine line when it comes to personal storytelling. On the one hand, revealing parts of our life to our audience is really important in order to build connection and authenticity and trust. People want to see the real us and how we’re building our business or living our life behind the scenes.
Bu there are a couple of tips to keep you on track:
a) Find your focus. What do you want to be known for? Focus on revealing parts of yourself as they relate to your core audience and your core topic.
b) Don’t share personal info unless you don’t mind sharing it with the creepiest stranger in the room.
Question #4: “What’s the difference and rational between Facebook page versus a Facebook Group?” ~ Tammy, Maple & Trillium Woods
Answer: The difference between a page and a group is community. Most businesses have a Facebook page which is basically your business profile where you can post information and people can like it and comment and share. But what they can’t do on your business Facebook page is create their own posts or start a new conversation. So if you’re looking to create more of a two-way conversation and build a community, then you might want to consider launching a free Facebook group.
Question #5” “At what point does a business move from the free version of a digital product (like Canva) to a paid version?” ~ also Tammy, Maple & Trillium Woods
Answer: When it comes to free versus paid versions of a digital product, I always suggest that people try it out for free to know how often they’re going to use the tool and if it’s helpful for their business. After a few weeks, you’ll know if this is a tool that you’re going to use regularly.
Question #6: “Do you have any tips for streamlining content creation?” ~ Chantal, The Empowered Path
Answer: Check out episode 29 which outlines how you can repurpose your main platform content to save time and energy. My biggest piece of advice when it comes to streamlining content creation is to spend 80% of your time creating quality content for your main purpose-driven platform.
Facebook group link
Hey there, Story Sister! Welcome back to an engaging interview with a woman who is making bold moves and changing the game when it comes to one of the world’s oldest pastimes.
Ingrid Gayle is the founder of Girl Boss Chess, a global collective of ambitious women on a mission to empower girls through the game of chess. Girl Boss Chess is the world’s only online chess collective for girls and it tackles the gender gap in chess head-on.
The result is that it inspires girls -- and women of all ages -- to discover and develop their inherent strengths. In this episode, Ingrid and I talk about playful storytelling, confidence-building and what it takes to create meaningful change in the world.
if you’re a fan of the Netflix series “The Queen’s Gambit”, then pour yourself a beverage and pull up a chair. Because this interview is for you.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s conversation with Ingrid:
-
The game of chess is a timeless pastime that offers us new ways of seeing the world.
-
Storytelling is a powerful tool for capturing our audience’s attention, no matter what age they may be.
-
Break down your big stories into smaller pieces to ensure they’re clearly understood.
-
It takes bold moves to create meaningful change in the world.
-
Purpose-driven businesses stand out from the rest
-
Risk-taking builds confidence; so when you fail, get back up and try again… and again.
-
Confidence is everything – take every opportunity to build this quality in yourself and those around you.
-
There’s a power in coming together to create change.
-
It only takes one person to start a movement.
-
Leadership often involves stepping out of your comfort zone to do what has never been done before.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Girl Boss Chess - https://www.girlbosschess.com/
Today we’re going to be taking a look back at the first 1,000 downloads of the Power Your Platform Podcast. We actually rolled our first 1,000 downloads a few weeks ago, so in this episode I wanted to take the time not only to thank you all for tuning in regularly – but I also wanted to take a deeper look at what those first 1,000 downloads have taught me about growing an audience and creating quality content.
And be sure to join me after the show in our free Power Your Platform Facebook group where I’ll be sharing my Top 5 Tips for Getting YOUR First 1,000 Podcast Downloads – a strategy you can apply to any content platform you may be using. So be sure to check it out!
No matter what kind of content you create for your audience, you want to spend at least a few minutes every month taking a good look at your analytics. And each of the platforms or visibility tools that you’re currently using have analytics built into them, particularly if you’ve signed up for the business version.
There are four important metrics I track through my analytics:
The first is the number of overall downloads for my podcast. This metric is simple to track since it’s updated by the minute on Anchor, and I know other podcasting hosts do this as well. It’s basically an indicator of how many downloads we’ve had recently, as well as if the downloads are increasing or decreasing over time. So ideally, you want to see a line graph that’s moving upwards. So that’s the first metric I keep track of, which is the total number of downloads, as well as the total number of our core listenership. The reason this metric matters to me is that it shows how well we’re growing.
The second metric I pay attention to is the most downloaded episodes from my podcast. When I take a look at my analytics, I find that the most downloaded episodes are the ones on brand building, what it takes to tell a good story as well as any interview feature. So I love this statistic because it tells me what my listeners are most interested in hearing about. Once you know what your audience is tuning in for – whether that’s on your podcast, or your blog or your YouTube Channel – then you want to make sure to rinse and repeat. Not the very same content, of course, but the same type of content. From time to time, you should definitely try new approaches – but keep coming back to what your analytics tell you your audience values the most about your content.
The third metric I pay attention on a regular basis is my listener profile. For my podcast, my audience is 90% female and 87% are from Canada (at least at the time of my 1000th download). I also know that my podcast is listened to in 13 different countries around the world – so cool! The average age of my audience is 35-50 which tells me that my audience is Generation X (like me). This gives me clues as to the types of pop culture reference I should be making (or avoiding) to ensure I remain relevant to my audience. So the value then of understanding who’s paying attention to your content is that it allows you to include topics and references and examples that resonate with that population.
And finally, the fourth metric I follow for my podcast is which platforms people were using to access my podcast. Currently, my listeners are tuning in on Apple Podcasts and Spotify, but I’m interested in tracking these metrics in the future since we’re now available on many more platforms than when we reached our 1000th download.
Important Tip: While it’s important to track your metrics, don’t get obsessed with them. Because your real focus should be on creating quality content that keeps your audience coming back again and again.
Happy podcasting!
EPISODE LINK: PowerHER Platform
Hey there, Story Sister! In today’s episode I’m going to share with you the five books that really made me rethink story branding. Now if you know me at all, you know I LOVE to read and in fact books are one of my favourite ways to learn as well as to unwind!
So let’s take a look at the 5 books that made me rethink storytelling.
- “Stories that Stick: How Storytelling Can Captivate Customers, Influence Audiences and Transform Your Business” by Kindra Hall.
This book provides tons of great business storytelling strategies. In particular Kindra drills down to talk about the four unique stories you can use to differentiate your brand, captivate your audience and elevate your authority. Her book is full of great examples and illustrations which is just the kind of thing I love. She also offers actionable tips for storytellers at every level.
Link - https://tinyurl.com/28fb9vp2
- “Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible” by Tamsen Webster
This book is for anyone with a great idea, but they’re not sure how to use it to connect it to their audience in a meaningful way. So Find Your Red Thread explores the connection that makes the invisible link between your audience’s problem and your solution more tangible and more actionable. The author is a speaker, consultant and TedX idea strategist. So she’s used to helping her clients prepare talks and marketing campaigns that speak directly to their audience. This book really helped me rethink the way I break down my key messages and how to present them at every stage of the storytelling process.
Link - https://tinyurl.com/2p88kapj
- “The Storytelling Code: 10 Simple Rules to Shape and Tell a Brilliant Story” by Dana Norris
This book is all about unleashing the power of storytelling. Dana offers a step-by-step process to help writers master the story crafting process. She also provides tips and exercises to help readers improve their public speaking. After all, storytelling and public speaking go hand in hand! So from shaping your story to sharing it confidently, this book is a great guide. It provides advice for identifying your narrative goals and how to shape a plot, as well as how to find confidence with courage-building tips.
Link - https://tinyurl.com/mty72785
- “Building a Story Brand: Clarify Your Message So Customers will Listen” by Donald Miller
This book is a cult classic! It addresses what you can do when you’re trying to get your product or service story out to your ideal audience, but no one is listening and no one is buying. In this book, Donald shares the Story Brand process which he created to help his clients engage and influence customers. He also includes his 7-Point Process which is at the heart of the book which helps clarify the reasons why customers make purchases, how to simplify your brand messages so people understand them, and how to create the most effective messaging for your marketing materials.
Link - https://tinyurl.com/2p99bbna
- “The Storyteller's Secret: From TED Speakers to Business Legends, Why Some Ideas Catch On and Others Don't” by Carmine Gallo
One of the things I liked about this book was that it talked about the 5 different types of storytellers: Storytellers Who Ignite Our Inner Fire, Storytellers Who Educate, Storytellers Who Simplify, Storytellers Who Motivate and Storytellers Who Launch Movements.
If you’re looking to uncover the secrets of TED speakers and business legends from Tony Robbins to Sara Blakely, then you’ll want to check out this book.
Link - https://tinyurl.com/4e55frcu
Do you have any books that helped YOU rethink how you shape and tell stories to your audience? If so, I’d love to hear about them! Be sure to message me or reach out through powerherplatform.com and let me know!
21-Day Challenge in our Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Did you know your personal story scent is one of the most defining features of your overall brand personality? It’s also a powerful tool when it comes to telling others about who you are and what you stand for – and you can often do it without saying a word.
Each brand has its own story scent – and this story scent captures what that brand stands for, how it connects with its audience and the impression that lingers long after the first encounter or sales transaction has ended. In essence a brand’s story scent helps prospective and existing customers catch a whiff of what your brand is all about – and helps them decide whether your product, program or service is something that’s worth pursuing.
So did you know that there are actually three layers to every scent? Fragrance chemists -- or perfumers as they’re also known -- will tell you that the three layers of scent are the head note, the heart note and the base note.
And this 3-layered scent approach is how we’re going to examine the essence of your brand’s personality today.
The Head Note (or Top Note) - Head notes are like first impressions, so they’re really important. For instance, if you’re purchasing a perfume in a shop, the head note will be what you smell first after you spray the perfume on your skin. And it can actually help you decide whether or not you like the fragrance. In other words, that head note’s first impression can lead relate directly to a sales success of failure.
The truth is that we only get one chance to make a first impression. So that first few minutes of an initial encounter is crucial. In fact, in the digital world, experts tell us that time is reduced to about one tenth of a second. Because we do have the power to establish a powerful head note for our brand by showing up consistently, authentically and thoughtfully.
The Heart Note or Middle Note - Unlike perfume head notes which disappear after just a few minutes on the skin, heart notes evaporate after about 30 minutes to an hour which means they have the potential to leave a longer-lasting impression. Think of the heart note as your purpose-driven mission and vision. At the core of your brand is your authentic, emotional connection with your audience. After all, it’s so important that we connect our audience with the purpose of what we do – or our why. When people understand not just WHAT we do, but WHY we do it, we create a more memorable impression. And it helps us stand out from the crowd.
The Base Note - In the perfume world, the base note is the longest lasting. Some notes can linger for up to six hours, long after the others have faded. While the head and heart notes may be the most noticeable initially, the base notes are the underlying aroma throughout the time the perfume is worn. Those who build a business with a strong values framework are built to last, at least in my opinion. When you take the time to thoughtfully outline what matters most to you, then you’re more likely to launch and build a brand that’s in alignment with your core values and purpose. And when you do, you’re more likely to commit to it for the long-term, rather than responding to all those “get rich quick” ideas that pop up in your social media feeds.
At the end of the day, we all leave a legacy – and when we approach our legacy intentionally by building a brand that’s founded on the core values we believe in most, we’ll not only be proud of what we achieve in our own lifetime, but our story scent will remain long after we’re gone.
Free power Your Platform Facebook group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Welcome back to another inspiring interview with an ordinary woman who is making an extraordinary difference in the mental health field by helping thousands manage their anger.
My guest on the podcast today is Julie Christiansen, an award-winning public speaker, author and psychotherapist.
Julie is known for developing the Anger Solutions method and has authored several books about anger, stress, bullying and coping with crisis. Julie’s lifelong mission has been to leverage people and organizations into open communication so they can live free of conflict, tension, anger and fear.
In today’s interview, Julie and I talk about anger management, how to build and validate a brand, as well as how we can counteract the negative stories we tell ourselves. If you want to learn more about Julie and her company, please see the links below.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s interview:
-
Validation is key when you’re launching a new business idea. Make sure to kitchen test it at every opportunity like Julie did.
-
Don’t be afraid to launch an imperfect product into the market; because the market will perfect the product.
-
Look for new ways to scale your work over time. The train-the-trainer model is a great way to build your business and create a long-lasting ripple effect.
-
Our personal stories feed directly into the work we do and they help build the credibility we have with our audience.
-
Anger manifests itself differently in men and women, but we all feel angry at times. And that’s OK.
-
Communication skills are front and centre when it comes to anger management.
-
There is a direct link between grief and anger and we need to acknowledge it.
-
Freedom has many definitions, but it’s a part of how we live and what we aspire to.
-
Client transformation is the ultimate achievement in business.
-
Start small and don’t be afraid to grow at your own pace.
Thanks so much for listening in to today’s episode. If you enjoyed this interview, please take a moment to take a screen shot and share it with your social media followers. And when you do, be sure to tag Power Your Platform and Leverage U!
And when you do, we’ll be sure to share your post with our own followers. Until next time, keep owning your story, following your purpose and raising your voice – because the world is waiting to hear your story!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Leverage U - https://leverageu.ca/
Julie's Books - https://www.angersolution.com/store/
This year I’m creating a Holiday Impact List – not just a Holiday Wish List. And this one’s not about me. It’s about the women in my own community and even those around the world who I’ve never even met and probably never will.
So today I thought I’d share with you my own Holiday Impact List.
And in case you think one person can’t make an impact, then you should definitely check out The Starfish Story.
Because while we can’t save everyone – but we can make a difference in at least one life this holiday season.
And that’s what I’m aiming to do with my Holiday Impact List.
Let me first say that as a woman of privilege and a white settler here in Canada, it’s easy to swoop in and act like a superhero in another woman’s life when sometimes that can just end up making her feel small.
So when it comes to helping others, I want to intentionally show up as a partner rather than a protector, if that makes sense.
And for me, that means taking a variety of approaches to making an impact this holiday season.
So here are the ways I’ll be working to address some of these issues this Christmas season in my own small way.
First, I’ll be making a donation to my local women’s shelter. It’s a cause I’ve supported throughout the pandemic especially in light of the fact according to the Canadian Women’s Foundation, a female in Canada is killed approximately every six days by her intimate partner.
And if you’re experiencing domestic violence or you know someone who is, please visit www.sheltersafe.ca to locate the shelter nearest you. And if you or are a loved one are in immeidate danger, never hesitate to call 911 or your country’s emergency hotline.
Second, I’ll be picking up a few extras when I’m at the grocery store – things like non-perishable food items, hygiene products, and some infant/toddler items as well. And I should mention that food donations aren’t only needed during the holidays. Let’s remember that once the tree is put away and the glow of the season is behind us, people are still going hungry every day in our community. And we can all do our part.
The third group of individuals I wanted to spend some time partnering with during this holiday season are the women business owners in my own community. The most direct way to make a big impact with local businesses is to internationally spend our dollars locally. You can also spread the word about local businesses you love, give them glowing online reviews and send them a note of encouragement.
A fourth focus of my Holiday Impact List this season is women who are building businesses overseas. One of the organizations I’ve come across recently is Opportunity International. I’ve donated to this charity before and I’ll be making a gift again this season, because I recognize that not every country has strong programs in place to support women-owned businesses. I love that Opportunity International focuses on supporting women who are launching or growing their own small businesses in countries that are hardest hit by poverty.
And finally, another group of women I’ll be supporting this holiday season is the young girls who have no access to feminine hygiene products in countries overseas. It’s estimated that 500 million women in the world do not have access to adequate menstrual products and hygiene facilities. And they won’t next month either. So this season, I’ll be partnering with World Vision to purchase hygiene kits for young women in need.
We can’t save the world. But we can impact one life at a time. And a Holiday Impact List is a small way to start.
EPISODE LINKS:
PowerHER Platform - www.powerherplatform.com
If we stop and think about it, there really are four distinct seasons in our story schedule each year. And during each season, we need to be mindful of the shifts taking place, both in the world around us and in our own lives. When we do, it helps us to manage our own expectations as well as the expectations of our clients and even our loved ones.
I also believe it can help us set realistic goals and prepare for the changing workload that may happen from season to season.
So let’s take a look at each of the 4 story seasons one at a time.
The first Story Season is the Season of Quiet. This is often a time in our lives when things slow down a bit, and there may not appear to be much happening on the surface. It’s a season of stillness, of reflection and even solitude. Stories we might focus on during this season are the stories we tell ourselves and our team to make sure we’re all focused on the same mission and moving forward with the same vision in mind. During Seasons of Quiet, we’re often alone with our thoughts. So Seasons of Quiet are an important time to lay the foundation for a strong mindset. It’s also key to identify and remind ourselves of what our foundational values are, to ensure every aspect of our business reflects those values and is true to our core purpose.
The second Story Season is the Season of Creation. During this season, you’re creating the stories that capture who you are as a business, what you do and who you do it for. So during this season, you might create some of the 6 stories we talked about back in Episode 14. These include your Purpose Story, your People Story, Your Promise Story, Your Platform Story and others. The Season of Creation is an active one. So pace yourself!
The third Story Season is the Season of Growth. This is a season when people start to notice we exist. They may start to follow us on social media and maybe even engage with us there. They might begin to attend our free events or sign up for our newsletter. They may even begin to listen to our podcast or visit our blog or YouTube channel. So now that we’ve got people’s attention, we need to produce consistent content AND make them aware of our paid offer. During this season, people will start to show interest and reach out and follow us, so it’s important that we not only keep showing up and providing value, but that we also make clear our paid offer. And when we do, our actions will take us to the next season.
The fourth Story Season is the Season of Harvest. During the Season of Harvest is all hands on deck. It’s the time when those seeds you planted way back in the Season of Creation start flourishing and you find yourself getting up early and staying up late just to keep up with it all. So we need to have a Process Story that allows us to delegate some of our duties to the others on our team (whether they’re full-time or freelance). The other important message I want to highlight that relates to this Season of Harvest is that once you’ve made the sale and delivered the product, the program or service you promised, then it’s time to CELEBRATE! And be sure to make your satisfied customers a part of your Celebration Story, because it will make the experience so much richer.
Remember: the length of each season can vary from business to business. But it will come around again if you’re mindful of the season you’re in right now. Just keep doing what you need do to keep moving forward, and the natural rhythm of business will take you where you want to go.
And if you feel stuck in one season, let's connect! It might be time to bring in a coach to help you identify what’s needed to get you into the next season.
Today I want to spark a discussion about the importance of quoting women.
Because here at Power Your Platform, we’re all about amplifying women’s voices. Because 3 important things happen when we quote people: First, it elevates them to expert status which gives them credibility.
And when someone has credibility, we pay attention to them more, don’t we? We don’t just hear them – we really listen. And this in turn has a ripple effect. It means that person – or people like them – get paid more money because their work is seen as more valuable than that of others.
Expert status also means we treat people with respect. And for that reason alone, we should begin to quote more women. Secondly, when we quote women and other diverse groups, it challenges the status quo. Because we don’t live in a monolithic world. So why should our culture tell only one side of the story?
On the other hand, when we quote women, we challenge the status quo or in other words, the stories we’re told about who we are, where we’ve been and where we’re going. A third reason why we should quote more women is that it allows other women to see what’s possible. People naturally want to emulate the behaviours of those who are celebrated and elevated to expert status, am I right? Because these are the individuals we look up to as cultural, industry and global leaders.
And this underlines something I believe in strongly which is that we need to see it to be it. The more we see women leaders, entrepreneurs, speakers, professionals and citizens quoted and their words treated with the respect they deserve, the more we begin to see the possibilities inside our own lives.
After all, if she can do it, so can we, right? So that’s another reason it’s so important to share the words of women -- because it inspires other women to SPEAK. So I hope you’ll agree with me that it’s important to amplify the voices of women in our industry presentations, in our conferences, on our bookshelves, in our digital communities and on stages everywhere. And the good news is, we can start today.
Here are 3 tips to help you take action right now -- and they’re all guidelines I follow myself, so I’m definitely practicing what I’m preaching.
-
LISTEN when women speak. Because when we listen, we honour the voices around us
-
TAKE NOTES when women speak. Even if you don’t carry around a notebook, jot down the key takeaways from the conversations you’ve had during your day in a journal at the end of the day. Because you never know when it might be helpful.
-
WATCH FOR OPPORTUNITIES to share women’s words and stories. Whether it’s on social media, in our presentations, our reports, books, podcasts, blogs or YouTube channels, when we celebrate women’s words, we’re also celebrating the value of those words and the person who spoke them.
So in a sense, I’m asking you to become a rebel today. Instead of going with the flow, use the platform you have to share your own voice and the voices of other women – at least as much as you do the voices of men.
And I also challenge you to diversify your quotes with the voices of women of colour, Indigenous women, women living with a disability, immigrants and women of ALL ages, shapes and sizes.
Because when we do, we are telling the world that women’s voices matter no matter who they are. As Margaret Mead once said: “Never doubt that a small group of thoughtful, committed citizens can change the world; indeed, it's the only thing that ever has.”
To join us inside our free Power Your Platform Facebook group for our latest challenge, click here.
Today's episode marks Remembrance Day.
Like many of you, I have family members who have served in the military, and so I thought I’d share this story today as a reminder of the sacrifices that were made – and continue to be made -- for our rights and freedoms.
My mom actually sent me this story and I noticed it was marked “True Story” at the top which frankly these days, you can never be sure of. But I did some digging and in fact, it is a true story. So I thought I’d share it with you here today.
It involves a high school teacher named Martha Cothren who wanted to teach her students an important lesson on the first day of the school year.
So on the first day of school, with the permission of the school superintendent, the principal and the building supervisor, Martha removed all of the desks out of her classroom.
When the first period students entered the room they discovered that there were no desks.
'Ms. Cothren, where're our desks?' the students asked.
She replied, 'You can't have a desk until you tell me how you earn the right to sit at a desk.'
They thought about it and finally someone said, 'Well, maybe it's our grades.'
'No,' she said.
'Maybe it's our behavior.'
She told them, 'No, it's not even your behavior.'
And so, they came and went, the first period, second period, the third period. Still no desks in the classroom.
By early afternoon TV news crews had started gathering at the school to report on the teacher who had taken all the desks out of her classroom.
The final period of the day came and as the puzzled students found seats on the floor of the deskless classroom, Martha said, 'Throughout the day no one has been able to tell me just what they have done to earn the right to sit at the desks that are ordinarily found in this classroom. Now I am going to tell you.'
At this point, Martha went over to the door of her classroom and opened it. Twenty-seven (27) War Veterans, all in uniforms, walked into that classroom, each one carrying a school desk. The Veterans began placing the school desks in rows, and then they walked over and stood along the wall.
By the time the last soldier had set the final desk in place, the students began to understand, perhaps for the first time in their lives, just how the right to sit at those desks had been earned.
Martha said, 'You didn't earn the right to sit at these desks. These heroes did it for you. They placed the desks here for you. Now, it's up to you to sit in them. It is your responsibility to learn, to be good students, to be good citizens. They paid the price so that you could have the freedom to get an education. Don't ever forget it.'
Thanks, Martha – what a great reminder. And thank you to all the current members of the military and veterans who have fought for our rights and freedoms.
We remember.
Welcome to an eye-opening interview with a young woman who found her way into the Guinness Book of World Records when she was only 5 months old.
My guest on the podcast today is Sarah Marshall, a 24-year-old miracle. She was born prematurely on Valentine’s Day 1997. When she was born, Sarah’s doctors discovered she had a rare genetic condition which led to her spending the first five months of her life at SickKids Hospital in Toronto.
The side effects of her condition led Sarah to undergo a stomach, pancreas, liver and bowel transplant, making her the first pediatric multi-organ transplant recipient in Canada, and the youngest in the world.
Today, Sarah is an organ donor advocate and an amazing young woman. Hers is a story of hope, and I know it will move you today to take a second look at your own story.
In this episode, Sarah and I talk about the power of a story to bring people together and how we can put our own story down on paper and what it takes to share them with others.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s interview:
-
We need to live every day as if it’s a gift – because it is.
-
Our story grows with us as we get older.
-
We’re connected to each other through our stories.
-
We all need community; if you can’t find one, start one.
-
When writing your story down, start with the basics.
-
Know the reason why you’re sharing your story so you know how to end it.
-
Always include a call-to-action in your messaging when you’re trying to effect change.
-
Consider your audience and shape your message as needed to fit each unique group.
-
Use your own emotional intelligence when it comes to reading a room and finetuning your message.
-
And finally, Be brave enough to talk about hard things with those you love.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Be a Donor - https://beadonor.ca/
Trillium Gift of Life Network - https://www.giftoflife.on.ca/en/ UHN - https://www.uhn.ca/
Today, I share a conversation with a talented young woman who has taken her gifts and passions and is helping to amplify the voices of speakers and storytellers everywhere in her own unique way.
Laura Hanek is an illustrator and graphic recorder who launched her own business called Swoop Media in 2018. Using graphic recording, design and illustration, Laura helps her clients work through problem-solving and structuring information in a way that's easier for everyone to understand.
Laura is a military spouse who was looking for a business she could take on the road with her. A self-described “nerdy rebel”, she loves curling, green tea and knows a shocking amount about poultry for someone with an applied arts degree. She splits her time between keeping her kittens from destroying her office and bringing her chickens on Zoom calls with her at everyone’s request.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s interview:
-
Always believe in yourself and your dreams.
-
Be willing to try new things and stay open to new opportunities.
-
Be a sponge and learn all you can when you discover something you love to do.
-
Combine your passions together when creating your own life path.
-
Look for new ways to excite and engage your audience.
-
What we love to do as children tells us a lot about who we are.
-
The human brain responds differently to visual communication.
-
Infographics help us understand complex subject matter.
-
Surround yourself with other women who inspire you.
-
Flexibility and variety are two upsides of being your own boss.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Swoop Media - https://www.swoopmedia.ca/
Today I’m going to share with you my very own recipe for a Story Smore. And by the end of this episode I hope you’ll pick up some sweet tips for creating a delicious connection with your audience that keeps them hungry and coming back for smore. Are you ready for today’s episode? Sweet! Let’s get cooking!
Not many people know this, but the recipe for smores cookie sandwiches has actually been around since the 1920s. And here’s a fun fact: the first smores recipe actually appeared in a girl scout’s guide called Tramping and Trailing with the Girl Scouts. But back then the treat was actually known as Graham Cracker Sandwiches.
In case you’ve never heard of a smore, by the way, let me explain the preparation and cooking process. I promise it will only take 60 seconds.
First, you take two graham crackers and in between you slide a layer of chocolate – my favourite is Aero or Hershey, but it doesn’t really matter.
Next, you want to toast a marshmallow over an open campfire if possible or if not, you can do the cooking in a microwave.
Once your marshmallow is toasted, you want to smush together the graham cracker, chocolate and marshmallow combo – by the way, I’m pretty sure “smushing” is the technical term in case you’d like to look it up.
And then – ahhhh, the sweet taste of that glorious mess of goodness. There’s nothing quite like it!
But let’s break down this recipe further for today’s Story Smore Cooking Lesson.
Now, the purpose of a Story Smore is to make your content so delicious and so worthwhile that your audience keeps coming back again and again. So how do we do that? First, let’s consider the three ingredients of a traditional smore: graham crackers, marshmallows and chocolate. That’s it, just three components. So you’ve gotta love the simplicity.
Today, we’re going to use each of the three smore ingredients to represent a different technique for creating a message that melts in your audience’s mouth and keeps you top-of-mind.
Here they are:
Graham Cracker #1: Start with a message hook that draws your audience in to your story.
Melted Chocolate: Sweeten the deal by offering your audience a value statement addressing their key pain point(s).
Toasted Marshmallow: Create a sticky message they can remember and that they can take with them.
Graham Cracker #2: Finish off with a clear call-to-action that answers the question “What next?”
Remember, when it comes to your brand message, keep it simple, sweet and sticky. Happy story snacking!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Can you believe Halloween is almost here again? It amazes me how fast the time flies! So that’s why I wanted to pop on here to let you know an amazing offer that’s going up in smoke at midnight on October 31st. Scary, right?
But don’t worry – I’m about to give you some fang-tastic news... so hang around and I’ll be right back.
Many of you already know that I’m hosting a 3-Part Power Your Platform Masterclass series for women starting on November 19, 2021.
It’s actually three separate online training sessions that we’ll be doing as a small group on Friday mornings on Nov. 19th, Nov. 26th and Dec. 3rd. Those are three Fridays in a row.
So inside each of these training sessions, we’ll be going deep on owning your story, finding your focus and nabbing your niche.
Because I really do believe those are the three key ingredients to building a brand that makes an impact.
And we’ve talked a lot about branding on this podcast so far – but the truth is that when you’re in a Masterclass like this one, where you’re able to ask questions and get answers along with helpful feedback from other women just like you, then it’s helps move your idea along so much quicker and it allow you to overcome the challenges you’ve been struggling with on your own.
So besides providing the 3 online Masterclass sessions, I’m also including two private coaching sessions to make sure you’re getting the most out of your learning experience.
Even through each of Masterclass sessions last for 2 hours, they’re highly interactive and engaging, and include everything from co-working to brainstorming as well as hands-on teaching and group discussion.
So here’s a special BOONUS – that’s bonus with a Halloween twist: If you sign up by midnight on October 31st for the 3-part Masterclass series which includes your two private coaching sessions, you’ll also receive a free workbook that captures all the high points of the training as well as all the exercises and activities laid out for you graphically. The scary part is that you only have until midnight on October 31st to get this special bonus power pack.
So be sure to sign up now at this link.
And of course, I’m happy to answer any questions you might have about what will be in the Masterclass and how it can help transform your idea or take your existing business to the next level. Why not treat yourself this Halloween and be sure to signup by midnight on October 31st to get your free Masterclass power pack.
And hey, why not tell a friend? The Power Your Platform Masterclass for women will be a small group coaching program, but we still have room for more. So no more witchful thinking, Story Sister. It’s time for action. Visit powerherplatform.com/masterclass today and I look forward to connecting with you soon. Happy Halloween!
Well, it’s sweata weatha! Do you know what sweata weatha is? If not, stick around because today we’re talking about layering up for the cooler days ahead – and how our storytelling needs to layer up too in order to warm up our audience!
Because let’s be honest: if there’s one thing Canadians know about, it’s how to layer up for the weather. But for me, the idea of layering doesn’t stop with fall fashion. I actually find there’s a ton of valuable in applying the concept of layering to storytelling and brand building. And I’ve even got a fun acronym that I use. Quite appropriately, it’s HEAT. And it’s all about moving your brand audience from cold contact to warm lead and finally to hot prospect for your paid product or service.
Let’s take a look at each stage of the HEAT Process:
H- Hook Your Audience. The idea of hooking an audience today is less about spectacle and more about specialization. Today, the most effective way to hook your audience is to know your audience and what makes them tick. Knowing your audience helps you decide which language to use, which images create impact and which pain points they want solved.
E - Earn Their Trust. Because it’s not enough to hook your audience – you need to have something of value to offer them when they show up – whether that’s in your social media feed or on your purpose-driven platform of choice or in your paid course, Mastermind or one-on-one coaching session. When you show your audience you’ve taken the time to thoughtfully prepare the ideal solution that addresses their unique pain point, it demonstrates you’re someone who can be trusted – why? Because you’ve taken the time to get to know them. You recognize the challenge they’re facing. And you’re holding onto a valuable solution that can help them save time, money, effort or all three. P.S. Be sure to show up consistently for your audience, since consistency helps to build trust.
A – Address Their Objections. This is a big one when it comes to warming up your audience. A lot of people miss this step and head straight into making their offer once they’ve hooked their audience and earned their trust. But the fact is that most people have a lot of doubts and objections that need to be addressed before they’re going to take the final step and spend their hard-earned money on your offer. So this step includes first anticipating what doubts or fears are lingering in your audience’s mind and addressing them openly. If you truly understand your audience because you’ve walked a mile in their shoes, then you likely already know what their objections are. Because at some point, they were likely YOUR objections.
T – Tell Them How You Can Help. Believe it or not, a lot of business owners do the first three steps, but never make the ask in the end. And of course, it’s impossible convert your audience into paying customers if you never actually make your offer. So it’s important to remember that once you Hook your Audience and Earn their Trust and Address Their Objections that you Tell them how your solution can help them overcome their unique pain point. The key here is to be clear about what you offer and how they can learn more from you. You want to have a link ready that they can click to contact you, and ideally an easy way to transfer funds once they know the cost of your goods or service.
As you move through these four phases, you’ll create a multi-layered brand story that guides your audience along a customer journey that transforms them from stranger to loyal fan.
And if that doesn’t make you feel warm and fuzzy, I don’t know what will!
EPISODE LINKS:
Web site
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
In today’s episode, I’m pulling up a chair to the dining room table with two ambitious and talented sisters who have built a national brand that’s fueled by family and tradition.
Paula and Victoria Watts are co-founders of Pasta Tavola a food company based in the Bay of Quinte region.
Since starting their business in 2010, Paula and Victoria have evolved from selling fresh pastas and sauces at local farmers’ markets and then in their own retail store, to establishing a 3,500 sq foot manufacturing facility and taking their brand national in 2020.
In this interview, we discuss the story that’s the foundation for the Pasta Tavola brand, along with what it takes to launch and grow a business that flourishes, even in the midst of a global pandemic.
Hungry for more? Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s interview:
-
Be brave and believe you can do hard things.
-
Compromise is an important part of any successful partnership.
-
Build a brand that’s flavoured with authenticity.
-
Identify the core values of your brand, because they will become your foundation.
-
Be thoughtful and intentional when crafting your brand identity.
-
Take pride in the customer experience you deliver.
-
Commit to continuous learning.
-
Resilience is at the heart of any long-lasting brand.
-
Surround yourself with people who raise you up.
-
Always be innovating. Thanks so much for listening in to today!
To learn more about Pasta Tavola, visit https://pastatavola.ca/ today!
If you enjoyed today’s episode, be sure to follow, rate and review Power Your Platform on Apple Podcasts – and thanks to every one of you who have been sharing this podcast with your friends and colleagues. We truly appreciate it!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Pasta Tavola - https://pastatavola.ca/
Today we’re talking about the ways you can repurpose your platform by squeezing all the goodness out of each segment so you’re able to add delicious flavour to everything that you do.
So as we get started today, I want you to imagine I’m holding a juicy orange. Because the orange I’m holding right now is the inspiration for today’s episode. I want you to think of this orange as your purpose-driven platform.
Now remember, back in Episode 12, we talked about the 3 platforms I would suggest choosing from when you’re building your brand. Because what you’re looking for in a platform is that it’s free, shareable, public, has a long shelf life and permits long-form content.
So really there are only three platforms that allow us to do all five of those things as creators and business owners. Those platforms are podcasts, blogs and YouTube channels. And if you want to figure out which of the three is the best fit for you, then circle back to Episode 12 and you can find out for yourself.
Once you’ve decided on which platform will be your focus, that platform becomes the source of all the content you need for your visibility tools which include things like your Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, Twitter, TikTok, Snapchat or whichever visibility tool you like to use. Remember there’s a difference between your main platform where you spend 80% of your work time, and your visibility tools whose job is to point your audience in the direction of your free or paid offer.
So the cool thing about podcasts, blogs and YouTube channels is that they’re already neatly divided into segments. Just like the orange I’m holding. For podcasts and YouTube channels those segments are called episodes and for blogs those segments care called posts. And of course, the number of segments is completely dependent on the creator.
What’s really useful about thinking about your platform in segments is that it provides multiple opportunities per episode or post to repurpose the content for your visibility tools. A lot of my clients struggle with getting stuck on where to find great, new content to share across their social media. And this idea of repurposing the segments of your core platform is actually the solution to that problem.
And here’s why: a single segment of your platform can be broken down multiple ways to provide interesting content for your audience to chew on. And it all leads back to your main platform.
A few of the ways you can repurpose your main platform content includes: quotes, social graphics, polls, lists, tips, blog posts and guest profiles. And remember, if you’re using Zoom, you can repurpose the audio AND the video content on two separate platforms if you want to. The beauty of repurposing is that you’re taking the same original content that you produce one time, and you’re using it over and over for maximum reach and effect.
And the way you do that is by finding the little bits and pieces you can peel away from your main segment and scattering those throughout your social media content to get the most out of your time and streamline your day. And remember, every piece of content shared through my visibility tools pointed back to my podcast. Because that’s where I want people to spend their time and learn more about my free and paid services.
P.S. Check out our free Power Your Platform Facebook group here!
Hey there, Story Sister! In today’s episode, I’m going to dig deeper into the idea of story traction which we first began exploring in Episode 8.
So over the next few minutes, I want to expand on the ideas from that episode by specifically offering you 3 tips for getting better story traction on social media.
Being on social media these days can be a real roller coaster ride. Just when we feel we’re on an upward climb, platforms like Instagram, Facebook or even TikTok seem to change things up. And before we know it, we’re plummeting downhill once again. It’s almost enough to make you want to give up entirely. And many people do.
But in my experience, there are a few simple tricks to getting traction when it comes to your social media stories. So I’d love to offer you three of those tips today. There are actually 5 tips altogether, so if you want the final two, you need to head over to our Power Your Platform Facebook group after the show and you’ll find all 5 tips shared there.
For now, let’s dig into the first 3.
Tip #1 - Get to the Point Quicker. I don’t know about you, but most social media captions these days lose me after the first two sentences. And the reason is simple. I want to know: is this post for me and if so, what’s it about? But unfortunately, most social media stories I come across never quite get to the point. Or the point is made so far down in the post that I never actually get there. I give up way before I find out what it’s all about because I just don’t have the time. And I know I’m not alone. People want to know if the news story is relevant to them and what the big news is up front. In other words, what’s it in it for me? So we need to hook people right off the top with a great headline or opening question or key phrase. And once we have their attention, we need to pull them into the rest of the post by showing how it’s relevant and meaningful to their life.
Tip #2 - Tell Them Their Next Step. Have you ever read a story that left you wanting to take action, but you didn’t know exactly what to do next? In other words, there was no clear call to action. Calls to action are absolutely necessary if you’re going to create engagement and action with your social media activities. Too many companies tell great stories and use fabulous images or even video – but when it comes to providing a call to action, the experience falls flat. Remember, clarity is Queen when it comes to communicating with your ideal customers and getting them to take action on your posts.
Tip #3 – Offer More Free Value. So why is offering free value so important when it comes to our social media stories? Well, people have over a billion Instagram accounts that they could choose to follow. So let me ask you this: why should they follow yours? What value do you offer your followers that they can’t find anywhere else? What are the small wins you’re able to get for your audience before they spend a dime with you? Have your customers ever felt like you served them before you sold to them? By offering people free value, you’re giving them a sampling of what it’s like to work with you. Look for ways to surprise and delight your audience!
To learn my last two tips for getting traction on social media, head over to our Power Your Platform Facebook group – I hope to see you there!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform
Story Fuel Newsletter
In today’s episode, my guest is Grief Literacy expert V. Ophelia Rigault.
With more than 20 years of experience as a trainer, speaker and success empowerment coach, Ophelia specializes in emotional resiliency, grief literacy, assertiveness communication, mental-health wellness and mindfulness practices.
In today’s interview, Ophelia and I get real about grief and the impact it has on the workplace and why it’s so important to address the different forms of grief. What I love about Ophelia is her calm way of approach what for so many is a nearly impossible topic of conversation.
So I hope you’ll get real with us for the next few minutes and explore your own understanding of what grief is and the important role it plays in our lives.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s interview:
-
Grief takes time. We may never fully get over some losses in our lives – and that’s OK. It just makes us human.
-
We need to get REAL by embracing Resiliency, Equity and Authentic Leadership.
-
We move through grief as grief moves through us.
-
Organizations need to have a grief wellness plan.
-
Women in leadership are ushering in a new era of Emotional Intelligence – and that’s a good thing.
-
Grief needs to be a part of our everyday conversation, not avoided as some taboo topic.
-
Different countries, cultures and races have different views on loss.
-
We need to take a more inclusive approach to grief literacy.
-
We don’t need to fix people’s grief; we just need to be there for them.
-
Organizations can distinguish themselves as employers of choice by creating an inclusive work environment that invites employees to bring their whole self to work.
Thanks so much for listening in to today!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
REAL Talk with V. Ophelia Rigault - https://www.vopheliarigault.com/
Hey there, Story Sister! In today’s episode, I’m going to share with you a story about discovering new doors and new ways of reaching your audience.
My daughter recently started back to school for her second year at university. On her first day of class she told me she tracked down her classroom and showed up nice and early. Soon, other students began to arrive in the hallway outside the assigned classroom. But there was no teacher in sight. Someone tried the door. And it was locked. So the students kept waiting out in the hallway.
Eventually it was time for class to start, but the door was still locked and there was still no teacher. And then – one of the students took a short walk to the end of the hallway and turned the corner – and – can you guess what they found?
That’s right - there was a second door to the classroom. And half of the students had entered there, but the other half were waiting with my daughter at the locked door in the second hallway.
The story ended well, with all the students eventually finding their way into the right space.
But when my daughter told me this story, it made me think. After all, how many of us are standing at locked doors waiting for someone to show up with a key and let us in.
So here's my challenge to you today: always look for the SECOND door. My experience has taught me that if one door is locked – there’s always another way in. And today, I’m going to talk to you about that second door which you may have overlooked when it comes to marketing and promoting your program, your product or service.
The first door you may already be using is called Owned Media. Owned Media is what we call those channels or platforms where we essentially control the content. Examples would be our web site, our blog, our email list, our YouTube channel or podcast maybe an e-book and even our social media properties like Instagram, Facebook, LinkedIn, etc. When it comes to Owned Media, we can pretty much control most of what happens in those spaces I mentioned. On the other hand, Owned Media really relies on people already know about us and where we share our content. But it’s only one way into the room. It’s only the first door. So today I want to encourage you to go down the hallway and peer around the corner.
Because waiting for you there is the Second Door. And that door is called Earned Media. Earned media refers to stories that are generated about you or your business that don’t come directly from you. You’ve earned the right to be talked about by doing the amazing things you’re doing. And that’s where media relations and third-party endorsement and testimonials come in. Earned media includes all of those things. It also includes important social proof like product or business reviews as well as invitations to be a guest on other people’s stages or podcasts or blogs or YouTube channels. So why is Earned Media such an important doorway for you to be aware of? The impact of Earned Media can actually be more valuable than what you say about yourself on your Owned Media. We tend to believe more in a business when OTHER people are saying great things about it, am I right? Because it packs a powerful punch when someone ELSE highlights the amazing work you’re doing. PLUS while your Owned Media allow you to build relationships with your EXISTING audience, Earned Media introduces you to NEW audiences. And new audiences = growth.
P.S. The third door I mention in this episode is PAID Media. And it’s helpful too, but mostly for Story Pros.
Remember, when you're looking to grow your audience and expand your reach, you can't rely on only one door. Explore your options!
PowerHER Platform - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
In today’s bonus Thanksgiving episode, I’d like to share with you the 3 reasons why I believe we need to be grateful for the stories we’ve been given to carry through this life.
Because not all of our stories are easy ones to live with or to share. But I’m a big believer that every single one of us has a story to share. And that our story is our superpower. Because no one else has the same story we do.
So when we share our highs and our lows, someone else is able to benefit from our unique perspective and the lessons we’ve learned.
I don’t know who it was who first made the observation that “Our mess is our message” but it certainly rings true. I’m a writer. I’ve always been a writer. And so I think I’ve always thought of life in terms of stories.
And that means I see every day as a page and every season of life as a new chapter. And somehow, this image brings me comfort, especially during times of personal chaos or global disaster. So when we look back on our day or our week or even a chapter of our lives, it’s important to recognize the progress we’ve made along our journey.
And when we do, I believe there are at least 3 reasons we can be grateful for the story path that’s led us to this moment in time.
-
Owning our story is an act of self-love and acceptance. If we reject our own story, we’re actually rejecting a part of ourselves – the part we don’t want to own or we want to forget. But the experiences we’ve had in life and the emotions we’ve felt along the way become woven into the fabric of who we are somehow. In the poem “Ulysses” by Alfred Tennyson, there’s a line that says, “I am a part of all that I have met.” And I can relate to that. How about you?
-
Our stories tie us to each other. Our stories connect us to our romantic partners, work colleagues, our neighbours, our family members, our friends. Some people we’re tied to with fragile strings that snap when put under even the smallest strain. But others are strong like nautical rope and they hold the ship steady even in the strongest storms. Those are the shared stories I’m most grateful for. Because they tell me that no matter what happens, those people will always be there for me.
-
Our stories are the evidence of how far we’ve come. We have travelled smooth roads and we have travelled rocky paths. But we have travelled. And every road and every story has been a part of our human experience. After all, a part of being human is experiencing the full range of human emotions. As much as we’d like to be , we’re not just here for the joy or happiness or elation or peace. That’s not reality. Life is also about experiencing sadness and betrayal and loss and frustration and anger and despair. That’s real life. A life fully lived. This third reason to appreciate our stories reminds me of the inukshuks constructed by the Inuit in the far north. In case you’re not familiar with what an inukshuk is, it’s a handmade structure built of rocks, often in the form of a human figure. When I think about Inukshuks, I think of stories. Because like inukshuks, stories tell us someone has already passed by ahead of us. Maybe they’ve experienced a positive or a traumatic event, and the story they leave is a marker. It’s a way to find our way home. And in some ways, it’s a symbol of hope.
By owning, accepting and appreciating our story, we’re empowering ourselves and the people around us. Because when we acknowledge our truth and share it with others, we’re no longer stuck in our story. We’re able to leave a marker that says, “yes, I was here, but now I’ve moved on. And I’m leaving behind this evidence to help others by making their journey a little bit easier”.
Happy Thanksgiving, everyone!
PowerHER Platform - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Hey there, Story Sister – Welcome back to Episode 25 of the Power Your Platform Podcast! I for one can’t believe we’re already here at this 25-episode milestone! But that’s exactly why I wanted to focus on the topic today of Celebrating Everything and the Importance of Marking Your Story Milestones.
Because let’s face it: most of us are moving through life at warp speed. I mean think back to your last birthday – raise your hand if were you double-counting the candles on your own cake because you couldn’t quite believe you were “that age” already? Yeah, me too!
So today we’re going to spend some talking about celebrating our story milestones and learning how we can invite our audience on board to celebrate with us.
Here are the 3 reasons to celebrate everything and mark your story milestones:
-
Celebrating the small stuff helps us cultivate gratitude. The bottom line is that celebrating the small stuff helps us notice the small stuff MORE – and the truth is, we’re surrounded by small stuff every day, aren’t we? Imagine how joyful our lives would be if we suddenly began to celebrate the stuff we take for granted like toilets that flush or flannel sheets or muddy paw prints on the kitchen floor. And when it comes to our personal or professional growth – well, there’s plenty of room to celebrate. Be sure to keep track of your progress in a journal or using some key metrics that matter to you – and then when you reach your goals or micro-goals, haul out the balloons and let the festivities begin!
-
Celebrating the small stuff quiets our negative thoughts. When we celebrate the milestones in our lives – whether big or small -- we’re telling those negative thoughts they’re straight-up out of touch. Because look at all the amazing progress we’re making. Even if we’ve taken a baby step every day for the past month – that’s a huge leap ahead in 30 days. In fact, I’m constantly impressed by how much progress my clients make when they’re committed to taking action and building their purpose-driven platform. It’s astounding what even one small action a day can amount to after a month or 6 months or a year! So when we keep track of where we started and how far we’ve come, there’s no denying that there’s cause for celebration. And when we celebrate our current position and the steps that led us here, we remind ourselves that the negative thoughts inside our head are just thoughts. They’re there because our human brains are designed to protect us against the unknown. But that’s where their power ends.
-
Celebrating the small stuff gets us excited about what’s coming next! Because life is a journey, and we’ve still got a long ways to go! But when we recognize what we’ve achieved so far, it should motivate us to realize that the possibilities ahead of us are endless. In fact, celebration can be the fuel that drives us to our next milestone. Olympic gold medalist and professional soccer player Mia Hamm once said, “Celebrate what you’ve accomplished, but raise the bar a little higher each time you succeed.” So you celebrate your success, look ahead and set new milestones. And then be sure to celebrate each one. Because life is so much richer and more joyful when we celebrate – don’t you agree?
So until further notice – let’s celebrate everything! Are you with me? Alright then – could you please pass the cake?
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
My guest on the podcast today is Theresa Bailey, the founder of Starfish Synergies which is the exclusive provider of wait for it… PLAY-DOH POWER SOLUTIONS corporate training.
That’s right, she trains professional problem-solvers using one of the most iconic children's toys of all time. How much do you love that? Theresa attributes her success to believing that real change happens when you tap into your intuition, get outside your comfort zone, and surround yourself with a trustworthy and talented team.
In today’s interview, Theresa and I talk about unleashing the power of our own creativity and building teams that take a fresh approach to problem-solving.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s interview:
-
When we engage multiple senses in our problem-solving, we’re naturally more creative.
-
Rediscovering our Creative IQ is a big part of become innovators, both at work and in life.
-
Flexing our creative muscle daily helps us deal with new challenges more effectively.
-
All species who play as infant animals do better as adult problem-solvers.
-
We’re never going to do thing differently until we start thinking differently.
-
Trying new things can help us move past our creative blocks.
-
Unlearning is sometimes a part of the creative process.
-
You need to carve out time to be creative and spontaneous!
-
Always stay open to new opportunities.
-
Surround yourself with people who cheer you on in your personal growth and development.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Starfish Synergies - https://starfishsynergies.com/
Today’s episode is all about getting your purpose-driven platform off the ground – but rather than just jumping in without a plan, I’m here to help you out. Because a lot of the women I know are really overwhelmed about how to start and when to start and frankly, why they should even start in the first place.
So today I’m going to introduce you to the C’s the Day Success Strategy – which is all about getting to know the 5 Cs that will move you from Conviction to Conversion.
And it’s a great path to travel if you want to move towards launching a successful brand than not only gets you noticed, but also gets you paid.
Here are the 5C's in the C's the Day Success Strategy:
-
Conviction Every great brand starts with a moment of conviction. And by that, I mean a glimpse of what you want the world to look like, and how you can play a role in bringing about that change. Your conviction should be the evidence we need to know we’re in the right place and that this is our time. And while you may feel like a huge imposter, your story is what qualifies you to take the next step.
-
Commitment Commitment is the differentiating factor that will position you for success when the others stop swimming. So even if you do nothing but keep waking up every morning and putting gone foot in front of the other, then you’re still going to be ahead of the person who gave up the first time things got hard. Because success isn’t a sprint – it’s a marathon. And commitment is the quality that sets the world’s best apart from the rest.
-
Connection Let me ask you this: are you plugged into a community of women who build you up? Brene Brown once said, “Connection is why we are here. We are hard-wired to connect with others.” And I really believe that. So as a part of your success journey, I want you to consider really plugging into this idea of connection. Once you’re convicted of the change you want to see in the world, and you’re committed to making an impact, you need to find a community of people who will support your efforts.
-
Consistency Entrepreneur and author Marie Foreleo has famously said, “Success doesn’t come from what you do occasionally, it comes from what you do consistently.” So if you get nothing else out of today’s podcast, remember this: consistency will get you there. That means showing up every day and putting in the time you have available to move your dream forward.
-
Conversion A lot of women I know struggle with this last step. And the result is that they get stuck offering everything for free forever. But remember, if we’re offering our services for free indefinitely, that’s not a business. That’s a hobby. And if you’re looking for a hobby, there’s nothing wrong with that. But if you want a business, then you need to track your conversion rates. So once you’re convicted of your purpose and you commit to it, and you connect with your audience and show up consistently to offer them value, then conversion should be a natural next step. But only if you make the ask. And by that I mean, you need to state what your paid offer is and how they can get it. Keep in mind that there’s a buyer at every price point. If you’ve done your market research and you’ve settled on a fair price, then you don’t need to discount that price for no reason or make apologies for it.
So which stage of the C’s the Day Strategy are you at today? And what action will it take for you to move to the next level?
Looking for a great online community of women leaders, speakers and entrepreneurs? If so, join us inside the free Power Your Platform Facebook group today!
Today, I’m sharing 3 simple storytelling secrets that I came across recently when I revisited the age-old fairy tale of Goldilocks and the Three Bears.
Storytelling Secret #1 - Structure Your Story. “Once upon a time.” How many times have you heard that phrase before? For me, they’re comforting words. They tell me, someone’s about to tell a story. The words also provide structure – it signals the start of something. And if there’s one thing that we humans gravitate towards, it’s structure. It provides us with familiarity and comfort – especially during chaotic times like the ones we’re living through right now. Adopt a familiar style or set of words or a phrase that your audience will hear and know where you’re going with it. Look for ways you can introduce structure into your messaging. Do you have a regular social media feature that your audience looks forward to, like a Tuesday Tips for Friday Fun Fact? What about the structure of your newsletter? Are there familiar elements that your audience starts to look forward to each time? If you have a blog or a YouTube channel or a podcast, do you use familiar intros and outros and musical interludes to provide your audience with a signal about what they can expect next? These are just a few ways to incorporate structure into YOUR storytelling, but even these simple approaches can make your messaging clearer and more consistent and memorable for your target audience.
Storytelling Secret #2 - Use the Rule of 3. Many fairy tales use the Rule of 3 storytelling approach. Besides Goldilocks and the 3 Bears, there’s the tale of The 3 Little Pigs and the story of The 3 Billy Goats Gruff. And there are plenty of other example inside traditional tales like Rumpelstiltskin, Cinderella and Snow White that do things in sets of 3. And there’s a reason for this. It turns out, 3 is the smallest recognizable pattern, which helps make it more memorable for audiences. And since most traditional stories were told orally, early storytellers needed all the help they could get to remember their own stories and help their audiences remember them as well. Just think of all the messages we get in 3s even as adults: Stop, drop and roll. Location, location, location. Reduce, reuse, recycle. We’re immersed in a culture that adheres to the Rule of 3 and as a result, we respond well when there are 3 examples given or there are 3 rules to follow or 3 parts of a solution. Now you can’t always provide your solution in 3 parts or provide 3 examples. But it’s something to keep in mind when you’re developing your story brand.
Storytelling Secret #3 - Always Be Testing. Do you remember the heart of the story when Goldilocks tries each of the three bowls of porridge? The first she finds is too hot. Th second one is too cold. And the third is just right. Similarly she sits in 3 chairs. The first is too big. The second is too small. And the third is just right. Finally, she tries out 3 beds. The first is too hard. The second is too soft. And the third is just right. And she falls right asleep! So what does this teach us. Well, it pays to keep on trying until we find exactly the right fit. And I love that lesson when it’s applied to our messaging. We don’t always know which words or which call to action or even which product or service is going to land with our audience until we begin experimenting. And when we do, we’ll find some methods that aren’t a fit – but if we keep trying, we WILL find the right platform or approach that resonates not only with us, but with our audience as well. Don’t be afraid to fail once in a while. Because failure is not the opposite of success; it’s a part of success. And they all lived, happily ever after!
PowerHER Platform - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
One of the biggest struggles I find women face when building a brand is getting really clear on who serve, the problem they solve and how. So today I'm going to introduce you to what I call my 4M Focus Finder Solution.
Let’s take a look at each of these focus finders one at a time, to help us get more clarity in our business and help us stay focused on what’s really important.
Your Mission Statement - Without a mission, you’re really just wandering aimlessly, am I right? If we’re business today, we really need to get crystal clear on what the purpose is behind our messaging and the business we’re building around it. Your mission statement is a short phrase or sentence that tells the world what your brand purpose is and how you achieve that purpose. To create your mission statement, use a simple, fill-in-the-blank approach. First insert your business name followed by what you do and the reason you do it. For instance “At PowerHER Platform, we amplify the voices of women leaders, speakers and entrepreneurs because the world needs to hear more women’s stories.”
Your Manifesto – Fun fact: manifestos were once considered the rallying cry of rebels and uprisers. Today, they’re a great tool to capture your core values and the essence of your brand. In a way, they’re still a rallying cry – only this time, you’re letting the world know what you’re all about. A manifesto is often a collection of “I believe” statements which clearly articulate to the reader or listener what’s at the heart of that person or company’s motivation and their intentions or point of view. I challenge you today to start by identifying 3-5 values that are at the heart of your own life and your business if you have one. After that, I encourage you to come up with 8-10 “I believe” statements that tell the world what you stand for. I promise it will be as much an eye-opener for you as it will for your audience.
Your Motto - A motto is sometimes also called a slogan or tagline and it helps position your brand in the mind of your core customer. Our motto is “The world is waiting to hear your story.” It helps us focus by bringing us back to our core purpose. When creating your own motto, remember that the best ones are 3-8 words long. Make your motto clear and memorable. Just have fun with it and keep it simple.
Your Mantra – While your motto is your external message, your mantra is internal. This is the core phrase you repeat to yourself (sometimes many times a day) to keep you focused on your main mission and your core customer. While a motto is an external motivating statement urging customers to take action, a mantra is an internal motivating statement meant to help keep you focused on your core customer and true purpose. One mantra I’ve used inside my own business is “Courage brings change”. It’s a simple but powerful reminder to myself that even when I’m trying something new, there can be no change without courage. Whatever your mantra is, keep it short so you can remember it and repeat it as many times as you need to throughout your day. Your mantra could even be a single word that brings you back to your quiet centre when you get off-track, and helps you refocus on what really matters inside your business.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today’s episode, I have the privilege of speaking with a young woman who was given a story she didn’t ask for at the age of 16 – but since then, she discovered it’s a story worth sharing.
Ashley Clark is the founder of the Canadian MRKH Foundation which supports women with a medical condition known as MRKH Syndrome. MRKH affects 1 in 5000 women, and is a congenital disorder that affects the female reproductive system.
The result is that women like Ashley are essentially born without a womb. Ashley learned she had the condition when she was a teenager and understandably, it rocked her world.
Today, she’s in her 20s and a passionate advocate and organizer of MRKH conferences and fundraising events in support of ongoing MRKH education and community building.
In today’s interview, Ashley and I talk about what it takes to get comfortable talking about uncomfortable topics. We also discuss the power of community and how to share a story society tells us is taboo.
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from today’s interview:
-
Owning and sharing our story can help us feel less alone.
-
Sometimes we’re given a story we didn’t ask for. But it’s still worth sharing.
-
It gets easier to tell your story the more you share it.
-
When we share the uncomfortable parts of our lives with each other, we feel more empowered – and we also empower others to tell their uncomfortable stories.
-
Don’t let society decide if your story is worth sharing; every story deserves to be heard.
-
Put your story into motion today by taking small steps – but always be focused on a bigger future goal.
-
Don’t get put off if someone reacts negatively to your story; that says more about them than it does about you. Keep going!
-
When we own our story, we begin to experience greater empathy for others and the stories they carry with them.
-
Be grateful for the little things; because it all matters.
-
When we share our story, we never know who’s listening or who we’re inspiring. So keep on sharing! Thanks so much for listening in to today.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
MRKH Canada - https://www.canadianmrkhfoundation.com/
Today, we’re discussing one of the biggest fears human beings have on the planet: that age-old fear of getting up on stage and speaking in front of an audience. In order to amplify our message, we need to have the courage to speak out. And one of the tools you can use to do just that is my 6-point Fear Formula.
And hey, I’ll let you in on a secret ahead of time, there’s nothing magical about it; but I do guarantee that if you take each step to heart and practice it over time, then you’re going to see results.
The experts at Psychology Today tell us that many people who suffer from the fear of public speaking believe they’re not qualified enough or well-practiced enough or talented enough to be onstage. At the heart of this fear is that we’ll somehow be rejected or ridiculed when we offer our point of view. The difference between getting up on a stage and having a private conversation with one or two people, is the perception that we’re somehow being evaluated when we take our place at a podium. Interesting, right? So if you struggle with speaking in public, here are 6 tactical steps to help you get out of your head and not only survive your next public speaking experience, but actually ENJOY it!
Step 1 - Love Your Audience. At the heart of loving your experience onstage, is the fundamental shift in focus from seeing your audience as a group of people to be feared as opposed to a community of human beings who want and need to hear the message you have to share.
Step 2 - Name Your Fear. And I mean that literally. There’s a technique I read about once and it really stuck with me. It was all about giving your fear a silly name and as a mom, that really resonated with me. Because how many times have we done the same thing for our kids. Imagine your fear of public speaking as a furry little monster. And give him or her a silly name. I call mine Gizmo. And the more see my fear as a furry, little monster rather than some dark overwhelming presence I was able to put things into perspective.
Step 3 - Own Your Awesome. There are two parts to Step 3. First, stop apologizing for your awesomeness. And second, start taking stock of your awesomeness. Because only you can share the unique story you were meant to share with the world.
Step 4 – Embrace Your Weird. This one’s a lot like step #3, but this time, I’m talking about the parts of you that make you cringe and wish you could change them to make you, well, more like everyone else. Except your weirdness is what sets you apart – and it’s actually the very thing that can convince your audience to choose you over another person who provides a similar product or services.
Step 5 - Know Your Stuff. If you’re going to present to an audience or launch an online course or heck, start a podcast – you should know what you’re talking about. And remember, you don’t have to be the world’s #1 expert on your topic in order to be effective. But you do need to do you homework and research what your audience is looking for and pinpoint how you can help them. There’s an extra layer of confidence that comes with presenting when we’re crystal clear on what we want to say and why. The more experienced we become, we also learn to fit what we want to say within a particular timeframe. Practice helps a lot with that.
Step 6 – Do It Scared. Most of us will probably NEVER be 100% in ourselves or our speaking ability. But, as I often tell my Story Coaching clients, if you can’t be confident in yourself, be confident in your message. And then do it anyway.
EPISODE LINK:
PowerHER Platform - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
In today’s episode we’re going to shine a light on the 3 common mindset myths I find my clients buying into that actually STOP them before they even get started.
If one of these myths is holding YOU back from doing what you were born to do and making a real impact in the world, then this episode is for YOU! As I’ve built my own personal and professional brand, I’ve faced at least three common mindset myths that threatened to sideline my entrepreneurial spirit for good.
Over time and with the help of my new community of role models, I was able to debunk these myths. So I thought I’d share them with you today, in case you’ve been facing some similar thoughts.
Myth #1 - “I’m not an expert in my field, so I can’t share my expertise with others.” Has that thought ever crossed your mind before? For a really long time, I put off doing what I felt was my purpose-driven calling because I felt I wasn’t qualified enough. Here’s the thing: no matter how much training or experience we may have, there's always someone out with a little bit (or a lot) more. Remember, you don't need to be the world's greatest expert on your subject to be qualified to speak about it. So Myth Buster #1 is “You are ready RIGHT NOW to begin sharing what you know with others. Expert status is not required.”
Myth #2 - “It’s too late to get started.” The fear at the heart of THIS myth is that somehow you’ve missed your opportunity. And nothing could be further from the truth. I’ve noticed that Myth #2 is a particularly common roadblock for women who are in their 40s, 50s and 60s. Maybe they’ve been in the workforce for awhile and they have an idea they’d love to share or a course they want to launch. But the idea of “age” keep stands in their way, especially when it comes to learning new technologies, platforms and tools. Let me debunk this myth right now: it is NEVER too late to get started. In fact, I want you to consider 5 women who launched their most successful endeavours later in life or pivoted their careers and still found BIG success: Madeleine Albright, Viola Davis, Nancy Pelosi, Julia Child and Susan Boyle. Get rid of the idea that success is somehow linked to age. If you’re listening to this podcast and you’ve been around the block a few times, consider the fact that you are now armed with tons of valuable life lessons and aha moments you can share with your audience. And guess what? They are waiting right now to hear from you. So Myth Buster #2 is this: “It’s never too late. The time to get started is right now.”
Myth #3 - “Someone else is already doing it.” There IS space for your story, sister. The key is not to get distracted by all the others on the road. In fact, if I learn there’s someone out there who’s doing something even similar to what I’m doing, I make a point of NOT following them on social media. I don’t want to get distracted by what they may or may not be doing and start second-guessing myself at every turn. Instead, I’ve decided to stay in my own lane, look straight ahead and keep driving. Based on YOUR expertise, experiences and life lessons, you'll be able to connect with groups of people that not everyone can reach. So Myth Buster #3 is “Speak on common topics in uncommon ways, and you’ll carve out a brand niche that is entirely your own.”
Those are the 3 mindset myths I hope you’ll start debunking today to ensure you make steady progress on your Story PATH.
EPISODE LINKS:
Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Hey, Story Sister! Inside this BONUS episode, you’re going to get a SNEAK PEEK inside 3 powerful, free resources that are specifically designed to support you along your story journey.
If you’re anything like me, you’re probably always looking for brand-boosting resources that can help you move your idea or existing business to the next level. So let me ask you this: have you grabbed your Free Story Power Pack yet? If not, click here now.
The first free power pack is designed specifically for Story Starters.
The second was created to serve Story Builders.
And the third is tailor-made just for Story Pros.
But here’s the thing: I want to make sure you’re getting the RIGHT power pack that fits with YOUR current storytelling stage. Does that sound fair?
To learn which story stage you're at, take our 60-second free Storytelling Quiz.
Once you find out your storytelling stage, you'll be given the option to download the free resource that’s matched to your storytelling stage, whether you’re looking to own your story, share your story or sell your story.
So let’s take a sneak peek inside each of the three power packs so you can get a better idea of the value you’re gonna find inside.
The purpose of the Story Starters Power Pack is to help women speakers, leaders and entrepreneurs like YOU begin building clarity and confidence. Inside the Story Starter Power Pack is a guide to the 3 most common story blockers, tips on creating a Clear Story Path, a Story Path Worksheet PLUS a list of useful resources for Story Starters, including books and podcast titles.
The purpose behind the Story Builder Power Pack is to help you create vision and visibility. Our 8-page free Story Builders Power Pack includes a guide to the 3 types of brand stories, some firsthand tips on organizing your story closet AND a 6-step system to building brand visibility. But that’s not all. We’ve also included a fill-in-the-blank worksheet to begin building your brand vision as well as a list of some of my personal favourite TED Talks by visionary women. Cool, right? And if you like what you discover, then go ahead and book a 1-hour paid Power Hour coaching session with me to help you begin expanding the vision for your message and how you can get it in front of the right audience!
The purpose of the Story Pros Power Pack is to serve those who are focused on income and innovation. And if you’re at the point that you’re ready to begin monetizing your message, then reach out and let’s talk further. I’d love to support you on your story journey. The Story Pros Power Pack includes a chart to help you determine the difference between serving and selling. It also offers tips on how to overcome the most common sales blockers and a handy reference sheet on the 3 areas to think about when diversifying your income for long-term success. It also includes a strategic diagram showing how to distinguish what you do for free from what you do for FEE. Helpful, right? And finally, this power pack includes 10 revenue stream ideas for creating more diversified income. Talk about value inside a freebie, right? So those are the three power packs that are waiting for you over at powerherplatform.com.
To make sure you get the freebie that’s designed for your storytelling stage, make sure to click on the quiz button on our page.
And hey, let us know which one you get! You can share your favourite part of the resources by taking a screen shot and tagging Power Your Platform when you do.
Today’s episode features an amazing interview with Workplace Relationships Expert and Conflict Management Authority Penny Tremblay.
Want to know what you’re in for? Well, 25 years ago, Penny led a sales team into the Million Dollar Club using the principles of relationship strategies. Since then, she’s developed her own brand called Learn to Play Nice in the Sandbox. She also teaches, speaks and writes on the glue that holds business relationships together – plus she studied Negotiation and Advanced Mediation at Harvard. So… there’s that!
She’s one incredible lady and I’m so excited to share our conversation with you.
Penny has such a great outlook on conflict and relationship building – and I’m so grateful she shared some of her very personal and moving stories with us today in this episode.
By the way, isn’t it great to know that we’re all in the same boat when it comes to mindset? It’s just a part of having a human brain!
Here are my Top 10 Takeaways from my conversation with Penny:
-
Conflict resolution is an inside job.
-
The most important feedback usually isn’t something we want to hear.
-
People are hired for their technical skills, but they’re fired or stuck in dead-end positions due to their inability to get along with other people.
-
Conflict is inevitable; but suffering is optional.
-
Healthy teams embrace conflict.
-
We can’t change our past, but we can change our attachment to it.
-
Watch your language… to yourself.
-
Learn to recognize the difference between thoughts and truth.
-
We connect with others when we share our stories of struggle and challenge.
-
And finally, it’s always better to teach from your scars and not your wounds.
Thanks so much for listening in today!
EPISODE LINKS:
Penny Tremblay - https://pennytremblay.com/
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Today we’re digging into the Power of Small Stories and talking about how we can unlock the potential of ordinary teaching moments. Because let’s face it, we’ve all been impressed by the history-changing stories of women like Harriet Tubman, Amelia Earhart and Laura Secord. But the truth is, that small stories matter too. And what’s more, they’re a lot easier for most people to relate to.
So today I’m going to share a tool I’ve created called the StoryNET. And I hope it’s as useful for you when it comes to story catching, because I know it’s been helpful for me.
Small stories matter in a big way. And here’s the thing: we’re surrounded by small stories every day of our lives, am I right? Of course, since we move through our lives at such a breakneck speed, we often don’t take the time to notice the small stories because we’re so distracted by so many other things. Now some of these things could actually be tragedies or crises in our lives which obviously demand our full attention.
But most often, we’re NOT distracted by the big stuff. We’re distracted by, well, pretty much everything. It could be a notification on our phone or it could be the fact that we’re trying to multitask and juggle three or four activities at once.
If you’ve never seen this in action, by the way, just attend a child’s soccer game and keep your eye on the parents who are answering emails while cheering on the home team while also chatting with the other soccer parents about who’s turn it is next week to bring the popsicles. And yes, I may be speaking from personal experience here.
So how can we flip this script? How can we start paying attention to the amazing moments all around us and giving them our full attention? Because when we do, that’s when the stories -- and the lessons they teach -- come into focus.
And here’s the tool we can use to to do it. It’s called the Story NET and it’s a simple strategy for catching the everyday stories in your life before they pass you by.
NET stands for Notice Examine and Takeaway.
-
NOTICE - Without paying attention to the details of our lives, we’ll never notice the knowledge nuggets along the way. So it’s important that we to set our intentions at the start of every day to be mindful and notice the people, the places and experiences that come our way.
-
EXAMINE – What are the types of things we notice when we take time to examine the stories that surround us? We probably notice what’s visible to the eye, as well as the emotions of the story, not to mention the story arc (beginning, middle, end).
-
TAKE AWAY THE KEY LESSONS - What are the takeaways you can spot in the stories you’ve collected? The great stories – the ones worth sharing with others --- will have some sort of a lesson, a reminder or an aha moment that you can share. Whatever it is, keep it simple and state it clearly so your audience isn’t confused about what the takeaway is, and how they can apply it to their own life. When you do, your story collection will be in the perfect position to make a real impact.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Have you ever wondered WHERE you should be sharing your signature stories? Well, that’s what today’s episode is all about! We’re going to get into the creative art of weaving your personal and professional stories throughout your marketing materials. Today I’m going to share with you 7 tools that are often underestimated marketing touchpoints. Some of the interactions I’m going to share with you occur daily, but are overlooked by most business owners as storytelling opportunities. And – wait for it – they’re all completely free. 1. Your Email Signature - This often overlooked piece of digital real estate is actually gold because it’s seen by virtually everyone who receives emails from you 2. Your Voice Mail Message - This is a simple, but highly effective way to remain relevant and timely when connecting with your customers. 3. Your Social Media Bios - These are prime digital real estate since they're often located at the top of your page and tell people what you're all about. 4. The About Me Section of Your Web Site - Talk to your audience in the first person and include a photo that looks 'em right in the eye. Consider it your digital handshake with visitors to your web site. 5. Your Customer Invoices - Remember, it’s five times more expensive to attract a new customer than to nurture an existing one. 6. Your Customer Surveys - These are a great way to engage your customers with your brand story, and get valuable feedback while also weaving in your story messages throughout free survey platforms like Survey Monkey. 7. Your Customer Receipts - Think about every receipt you hand out or email to your customer as an opportunity to build your relationship further. Can you think of any other underused marketing opportunities for sharing your brand story? Let me know about them!
EPISODE LINKS: Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807 PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/ Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today’s show, I’ll be interviewing Pamela Sylvan, President of Mojomaker Productions in beautiful Victoria, British Columbia.
As a professional Mojomaker Pamela is passionate about building trust and helping her audience have greater influence, impact and confidence in their business and careers. She’s been a sought-after speaker and mentor for the past 25 years and I’m also lucky enough to say she’s a wonderful friend of mine. I know you’re going to be blown away by the wisdom she shares in today’s podcast.
In this 30-minute interview, Pamela and I talk about everything from personal branding and the power of community to how to monetize your ideas to the importance of self-talk. I just loved catching up with Pamela in this interview and I hope you’ll enjoy listening in on our conversation.
Here are my top 10 takeaways from this interview:
-
Our brand story must have an online presence.
-
We need to take our personal branding seriously (while also having some fun).
-
We’re never finished facing our limiting beliefs.
-
Stay connected with your own thoughts; they’ll help keep you grounded.
-
Success is an inside job.
-
Choose the branding tools that feel most like home for you.
-
Be grateful for the inspiration so it continues to come to you.
-
Believe you know something worth sharing with the world.
-
Do it scared – because when you do, you’ll inspire someone else to do the same.
-
There’s medicine in community.
EPISODE LINKS:
Pamela Sylvan, Mojomaker Productions - https://www.pamelasylvan.com/
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today's bonus episode of the Power Your Platform Podcast, I do an unboxing (and taste testing) of Lucky Elephant Pink Candy Popcorn, a throwback to my younger years. I even discover a prize inside!
This episode is a reminder that inside every one of your life experiences, there’s a prize. Sometimes it’s hidden, but it’s that knowledge nugget you take away that makes you say, Here’s what I learned”. AHA! I get it now. Maybe it was a good lesson. Maybe it was a bad one. But either way, it was a lesson. SURPRISE!
If you’re lucky, the surprise is a DELICIOUS ONE and it’s something you can well, really chew on. And as you do, the true flavour starts to come out, am I right? Especially when you get to the kernel of truth inside the lesson. Ok ok, enough popcorn puns!
Here’s the thing though – not everyone looks for the prize inside their story journey. And that’s too bad. Because frankly if we don’t get the prize the first time, we often find ourselves repeatedly opening box after box of popcorn without enjoying the prize inside. What’s more, when we find the prize inside our story journey and we take it out of the box and we take off the wrapping, we usually examine it and we turn it over in our hands, and if we’re really excited about it, we show it to someone else. Right?
When I’m speaking with my clients, we often talk about the knowledge and expertise and life lessons they’ve collected throughout their lifetime. And here’s the thing – we all have a different story path that we’ve experienced. So they have story prizes that they can share me and I have story prizes that I can share with them.
The thing to remember is that there are SOLUTIONS inside the prizes we’ve collected over time. And those solutions can provide a shortcut to other individuals who are looking to save themselves time, money and energy by learning from what YOU have learned and the prizes you’ve collected.
Now a true prize inside a story journey is the one that has a personal flavour, but also a kernel of truth with a universal application. We actually talked about this back in Episode #11 of the Power Your Platform Podcast, so if you missed it, be sure to go back and download that podcast episode. I also wanted to mention here that it’s very typical for a prize to be at the very bottom of your popcorn box. It would be great if it was right on top so you didn’t have to do any work. You would just open the box and see it and say, hey, there’s my prize! And the same thing is true with your story journey.
It would be AWESOME if the lesson we were about to learn was shared with us at the start of one of our difficult seasons, -- wouldn’t it? Because it think it might make any pain or suffering more bearable if we were well-aware of the prize we were getting out of the experience. But life doesn’t work that way. The truth is that the prize is usually buried. And again, it might be buried underneath something DELICIOUS or it might not. But you’re the one who’s going to the work to uncover it. We don’t know what the prizes is until we come THROUGH the experience – but that’s what makes it valuable. We’ve earned that prize. It actually wasn’t free after all. Just like my box of Lucky Elephant Pink Candy Popcorn was actually $1.99. So was my prize really free? Not really.
So my challenge for you today is to dig to the bottom of your pink candy popcorn box. What are the personal lessons you’ve uncovered lately that also have a universal application? Those are the prizes that you can share with others.
LINKS:
Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Today’s episode is STACKED with powerful and tactical learning strategies I think you’re gonna love.
If you’ve ever struggled with how to start building your brand using storytelling, then you’re in the right place! Because today is all about the 6 story bricks you need to begin building a powerful story brand.
Here are the 6 Story Bricks I want to share with you today:
-
Your Purpose Story - This is your WHY or your origin story. What is the purpose behind your business? You can share this in a number of places like your web site, your social media, podcast interviews or just about anyplace that people are willing to listen.
-
Your People Story - Your people story should paint a picture not only of the audience you want to serve, but should reveal portraits of people you have already served. This provides social proof and it continues to build on your people story.
-
Your Promise Story - Your brand promise is the clear value statement you provide to your client or customer that tells them which problem you are going to solve for them and how.
-
Your Platform Story - Your Platform Story tells people where they can find you, what great value they’ll find there, and how they can help you share your platform with others who may be interested.
-
Your Promotion Story - Your Promotion Story is the story you’re constantly telling through your visibility tools (Facebook, Instagram, etc.) that shares who you are and what you're about an encourages others to share your story with their own network.
-
Your Posse Story - Your Posse Story is all about reminding your community what you have in common, how you can serve them and why they are the most important people in the world. And in turn, they will most likely become your greatest brand ambassadors.
Once you stack these story bricks one on top of another, you’re going to have a colourful and vibrant story brand that stands out and interlocks beautifully with your purpose and does an amazing job of serving your core audience.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Hey there, Story Sister – you are in for a treat today! This is my first interview on the Power Your Platform podcast and today’s guest is going to win you over, I have no doubt.
Jill Hewlett is a nationally recognized speaker, author, Brain Fitness Expert and Wellness Authority. She combines user-friendly neuroscience and inspired common sense strategies to draw out the resources and resilience in individuals and organizations across North America.
Her work supports her clients in achieving greater levels of productivity, wellness and success.
In this interview, we talk about everything from storytelling and overcoming limiting beliefs to stepping outside our comfort zone and cutting through the information clutter. Jill is such a wonderful human and it was an absolute pleasure to interview her for this show .
Here is a list of the Top 10 Takeaways from this interview:
-
Our brains are wired for storytelling.
-
You can only take the next step.
-
Be curious and soak up knowledge like a sponge.
-
Stay open to new opportunities.
-
Do what you energizes you.
-
Stimulate your brain by moving your body regularly throughout your workday.
-
FEAR is just False Evidence Appearing Real.
-
Step outside your comfort zone.
-
Brain coupling takes place when we exchange stories with each other.
-
Stories are a powerful way to cut through the information clutter and connect with our audience.
EPISODE LINKS:
Brain Fitness Web site - https://www.jillhewlett.com/
PowerHER Platform Web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
In today’s episode, we’re going to explore how you can take your experiences, expertise and insights and begin sharing them on a purpose-driven platform that has the potential to make real and lasting change.
And I’ll let you in on a secret -- your platform probably won’t look like anyone else’s, so you don’t have to worry about comparing yourself to someone else.
The goal of today’s podcast is to help you narrow down your choices, and get you focused so you can go all in the platform that best suits your personal presentation style and intended audience. If you’ve been feeling torn between all the platforms out there or you feel like you’re just spread too thin, then today’s podcast is for you.
So when it comes to choosing your purpose-driven platform, there are really 3 storytelling styles to keep in mind: written storytelling, audio storytelling and visual storytelling.
Written Storytelling - Written storytellers are often voracious readers which is great because that allows them to continually improve their writing skills. They’re often – though not always -- introverts. They are intensely curious, but tend to avoid the spotlight and typically work well on their own and most often, behind the scenes. If Written Storytelling is your happy place, then you likely feel comfortable communicating in a variety of written formats. If I was to recommend an ideal platform for women who thrive as written storytellers, I’d recommend blogging. And no, blogs are not dead. In fact, they’re still one of the best ways to optimize your web site for Google search results, especially when they’re combined with something like a Pinterest strategy.
Audio (Oral) Storytelling - If you’re an Audio Storyteller, then you’re likely the type of person who loves to meet up with friends at the local coffee shop and tell them in great detail about your last blind date or the strange late-night habits of your neighbor across the street. You’re also more likely to spend a lot of time on phone calls with the people who matter most to you, including your clients. Audio Storytellers are most often ambiverts which means they can move between introvert and extrovert easily. While they do enjoy presenting to live audiences, they can still find them nerve-wracking at times. If this describes you, then you might already be comfortable on a number of platforms like podcasts, Instagram or Facebook lives and even onstage, at live events. But remember, what we’re looking to do when we build your purpose-driven platform is to choose a platform that’s free, public, allows long-form content and has a long shelf life. So in that case, I’d suggest podcasting for Audio Storytellers.
Visual Storytelling - This group of communicators adds beauty to every corner of our lives, from the clothes we wear and the houses we live in, to the art we hang in our hallway. As artists and creators, Visual Storytellers capture our attention through what is visible to the eye. Often they’re highly detailed oriented, but they can also be perfectionists when it comes to their own work. Does that sound familiar to anyone? But for the most part: they just want to create! That’s why visual storytellers tend to be prolific content creators. And that content can show up in all types of formats from fashion design and architecture to videography and even mural painting. But remember, I want you to focus on ONE type of purpose-driven platform. And for Visual Storytellers, the platform I most often recommend is YouTube because of the highly visual component.
EPISODE LINKS:
Web site- https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Facebook group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Hey there, Story Sister! Today, we’re going to talk about what it means to share your message on a purpose-driven platform and how you can start thinking about building one.
I think it’s going to really simplify your message strategy and help you maximize your time, energy and resources. All good news, right?
So today I’m speaking to those of you who are Story Builders and who are looking for a way to start sharing the message or story that you feel compelled to share with the world. I might also be speaking to some Story Pros out there who are overwhelmed by all the systems and processes you’ve created – only all of that hard work isn’t actually getting you any results.
If that’s you, you might be wondering: is there a way to make this all, well, simpler? The answer is yes, there absolutely is. Now, here’s the thing: it can be super daunting to think that you have hundreds of platforms to choose from and you should really be on as many as you can. That’s just not the case. In fact, when I talk about platforms, there really are only three I would even consider. Not hundreds. Three.
And in this episode I’ll share with you what those are and why they’re different from things like visibility tools or your paid products. So what is a purpose-driven platform? Let’s dive in to that a bit.
A purpose-driven platform is built around your why. In episode #6, I talked about the importance of uncovering why you do what you do. Because understanding your core purpose gives you direction and a focus and a clear vision of what your purpose-driven platform needs to look like.
So since your WHY is so important, let’s use those letters -- W H Y -- as the structure for our approach to think about a purpose-driven platform.
The W stands for WHO: who do you serve?
The H stands for HOW: how do you serve them?
The Y stands for YES: when you know your who and your how, it makes it much easier to say YES to the right platform for you. So which are the three platforms you should be considering?
I recommend selecting a platform that is free, public, allows long-form content and has a long shelf life. Those platforms tend to be: podcasts, blogs and YouTube channels.
Now, podcasts, blogs and YouTube tend to appeal to different types of Storytellers, but that’s OK. Because you really only need to choose one. And once you do, you need to go ALL IN on that platform. That’s where you spend 80% of your time developing content that will PUSH your message out to your audience rather than using PULL marketing which is what social media is all about.
When you create great, consistent content on your ideal platform, your brand will automatically rise in the Google rankings, allowing you to be found more easily by prospective clients. It will earn you the loyalty of your audience as well, since you are consistently providing excellent value that speaks to their pain point and provides solutions that solve their problem. That’s why you want to zero in on the platform that’s right for you.
But we’re going to do that in our next podcast because we’re out of time for today.
Be sure to join me next time as we take a look at which purpose-driven platform is the right fit for YOU.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today’s episode, we’re going to dive into the idea of Unpacking Your Signature Stories and I can’t wait to share with you the 3 reasons signature stories are so powerful and how you can begin unpacking yours.
PLUS Don't forget to join us inside the Power Your Platform Community too!
I think we can agree we all of us have stories that we carry with us through life. And these stories have the potential to connect us to each other and make a huge impact.
The problem is most of us don’t even know what our stories are. We sit on them, just as though we were sitting on a stack of old, dusty suitcases. We don’t peek inside or unpack what could be useful to us or to the other people in our lives. But remember, life’s a journey and as travelers we’re not meant to stay in one place forever.
Those suitcases we’re sitting on? What’s inside is meant to equip us for what comes next, providing us with the tools and wisdom that will guide us through the next challenge we face.
Now, I realize that not all the stories we carry around are meant to serve us. In fact, in Episode #5 we talked about the Stories We Tell Ourselves, and discovered that some of the stories we carry with us through life do more harm than good. But once we’ve sorted through the dirty laundry in our suitcases, it’s time to consider what else lies inside.
Because inevitably there’s always something tucked away in a corner pocket that escapes our notice at first – but which could actually be of vital importance. Something small that goes unnoticed for a while –– until we need it. When it comes to unpacking our signature stories, we need to do the same.
We need to do a thorough search through our personal baggage and see what we might have missed the first time or thrown carelessly aside. So what exactly is a signature story?
And why do we need them when building a story brand? Your signature story is the message you’re best known for. Ideally it stems from your personal experience, expertise and insights.
Not only should your signature story have a personal connection, however, but it should also have a universal application.
The story of Malala and her encounter with the Taliban is an example of a signature story. Signature stories are powerful for three reasons:
-
They clarify why you do what you do.
-
They reveal the values behind your brand.
-
They can shape your company's culture. If you’re interested in starting to unpack your own signature story, visit us over at PowerHerPlatform. I’d love to connect!
And if you enjoyed today’s episode, take a screen shot and share it to your Instagram feed – and be sure to tag @poweryourplatform when you do! We’d love to share you post with our followers!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
I was thinking about something today on my way home from my son’s baseball game and I thought I’d share it with you today as a bonus episode.
You see, my son was pitching in the game this afternoon and before he pitches he’s got this little ritual. He takes off his hat and wipes his forehead, and he brushes the hair out of his eyes. Then he puts his hat back, he takes a deep breath and tucks his baseball glove under arm and kind of wrings the ball as if he’s squeezing all the juice out of it. And then he gets into his stance and he pitches.
And as I was watching him today, I realized that part of what he does when he’s pitching is ritual and part is routine. He’s actually been taught by his coaches how to pitch well, and so he follows through on those motions almost without thinking. But before he pitches, his actions are actually rituals. Those are the actions he takes to get him to slow his breathing and clear his mind from whatever happened in the last pitch and get him focused for what’s coming next.
Every pitcher does this a bit differently. And that’s why it’s more ritual than routine. So watching him pitch today got me thinking about the difference between story routines and story rituals, and I thought I’d hop here toady and record a little episode to help you build your storytelling muscle and providing you with some ideas to help you get out of your writing rut.
First, what's the difference then between a routine and a ritual? Both are habits actually, but routines are those actions we carry out in our day without really giving them a second thought. Like when we wake up in the morning and we brush or teeth or comb our hair or put on deodorant. Those are really non-negotiables I think for most adults I know.
On the other hand, rituals are actions we take that have a deeper level of meaning. They may be actions we also take every day, but there’s a greater purpose behind them. For instance, maybe you do yoga every morning to help you focus and find your centre. If you’re a woman of faith, you may read a devotional. Others may use affirmation cards or listen to a particular piece of music to get themselves in the right frame of mind for the rest of the day.
So because they are intentional and are more purpose-driven, these actions I’ve just listed would be considered rituals.
Here is a list of 7 Story Rituals to consider adopting as a part of your day or week:
-
Start a story journal.
-
Play some word games.
-
Write someone a longhand note of thanks or congratulations (or just because).
-
Listen to a story-related podcast (like this one!).
-
Look up new words or acronyms that pop up during your day.
-
Watch an inspiring TED Talk.
-
Subscribe to our Power Your Platform weekly story prompts. When you do, we'll send you an email each Monday with a story prompt to help you kick writer's block to the curb. Whichever story rituals you make a part of your life, keep stretching your storytelling muscles - -and, hopefully like my son in his next baseball game (fingers crossed), you'll be hitting the ball out of the park when it comes to your next project.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Today we’re going to take a look at the last step in our 4-part Story PATH framework series. This episode is all about HABITS and let me tell you, this is one HOT topic in the business world today.
The reason the topic of habits is such a popular one these days, is because business owners are realizing that it doesn’t matter if you have a great framework or system that gets you results – if you’re not implementing it consistently by building it into your calendar, then all you’ve got is a great action plan with no impact.
One of my favourite books on this subject is "Badass Habits" by Jen Sincero. In it, she writes “Contrary to popular belief, habits are more about who you’re being than what you’re doing.” Wow, right?
So let’s break that down a bit.
Who are YOU being when you show up to your life every day? Are you a person who takes action? Or a person who procrastinates? Are you deciding to be a person who’s focused? Or a person who’s easily distracted? Are you showing up as a person who’s driven by purpose? Or overwhelmed by public perception?
Who we’re being ultimately determines what we’re doing which of course leads to our habits. But the great news is this: we can intentionally show up differently in our lives every single day, and develop new habits simply by focusing on a new way of being.
1 is to Create a Habits Inventory. And be honest with yourself: what are the habits you’re proud of in your life, and which ones are holding you back from success? If you’re struggling, get a close friend or family member to help you zero in on some of your great and not-so-great habits. But brace yourself, you may hear some things you don’t want to hear. And that’s OK. Because growth is going to cause you some discomfort, so it’s a good idea to get into that mindset right from the start. Once you’ve created your habits inventory, it’s time to move on to step
2 – Replacing Your To Do List with your To Be List. Because we’ve already established that creating new habits and getting rid of old ones isn’t about doing things differently, it’s about being different. This is going to take some self-reflection, but that’s OK because investing the time to get to the heart of your purpose and practices is never time wasted. Ask yourself: if I’m going to adopt this new habit – for example, being more punctual for meetings – then who do I have to be in order to make that happen? Using this example, I would ask myself: who am I being when I show up on time for meetings? I would say that makes me a person who respects other people’s time as well as my own. So if my goal habit is to be more punctual, I could commit to becoming a person who respects my own time as well as the time of others and over time, that state of being, becomes a state of doing.
3 is to Create Your Own 21-Day Habit Challenge. This is a 3-week commitment to your new INTENTIONAL way of being. Of course, it's hard to do alone. You might want to consider finding an accountability partner by asking a friend or colleague -- or a Story Coach -- to join you in your habit journey. You could even join our free Power Your Platform Facebook group where we can cheer each other on together!
Thanks for listening in today! If you enjoyed this episode, I’d love for you to take a screen shot and share it to your Instagram feed – and be sure to tag @PowerYourPlatform when you do! We always enjoy sharing listener posts.
Until next time, remember to raise your voice, speak your truth and make your mark. Because the world is waiting to hear your story.
In this episode, we’re going to continue our conversation about the Story Path that leads to your purpose-driven platform. We’re on Step 3 of 4 in our Story PATH framework today. And I can safely say that this is the episode where the rubber meets the road.
So stay tuned --- it’s going to be a fun ride! But before we go any further, I want to invite you to join me after the show in our FREE Power Your Platform Facebook group. That’s the place where I’ll be sharing even more story strategies, free tips and other valuable resources to help you build a story brand that gets noticed and creates an impact. I hope to see there!
For now -let’s get into today’s episode! Are you ready? Let’s turn up the volume!
Traction is what happens when you get a good grip on something and you’re able to hold onto it securely. Kind of like when you’re driving down the road on a snowy day and you’ve got snow tires on your car. Rather than slipping and sliding all over the place, the snow tires help you get a grip – or traction – on the road so you stay the course and get to your destination. I know that’s a super-Canadian example, but hopefully if you’re listening from a sunnier part of the world and you didn’t even know there was such a thing as snow tires, it’ll still makes sense to you.
So today we’re talking about traction in terms of your messaging. How can you create a story brand that grips your audience’s attention and HOLDS it long enough for them to understand your message and take action? This is one of the biggest challenges companies face since there are so many competing messages in the marketplace today.
In this episode, we explore 4 simple ways to get more story traction.
1 - Know Your Audience. Creating a specific customer persona is the first step to ensuring that message traction takes place – because it forces you to go deep when it comes to getting to know your core audience.
2 - Optimize Your Language. This step is all about using language that resonates with your core audience. Once you get to know your audience as outlined in Step #1, you should have a better idea of the words and phrases that will attract your core customer as well as the words and phrases that will repel them.
3 - Start a Conversation. If we’re looking to get traction with our audience, we need to start a conversation. It actually improves our chances that people will not only take notice of our message, but respond. We call that audience engagement and it plays a huge role in message traction.
4 - Create a Community. After all, when one person is communicating a message, it takes a lot longer to get the word out than when an entire community is sharing that same message. But remember, you can’t just start with community. You need to start with Step #1 which is knowing your audience. Once you do, you can begin speaking the language your audience connects with. That leads to Step 3 which is starting conversations. And once you have regular engagement with your core customers, you’re ready to start building a community.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
You might not realize it, but you’ve just stepped into an action-packed episode today. Literally. It’s all about action.
And I’m excited because if you get what’s at the heart of this episode, there will be no stopping you.
Because here’s the truth: your story is your superpower. And you were born to share it. So hold onto your seat ‘cause this is gonna be GOOD!
When I talk to my clients today about the importance of taking action, it’s a concept they embrace in theory. But it’s a lot harder to live out in practice, possibly because a lot of these women weren’t immersed in action figure messaging from the time they were kids.
What I do see is a lot of women accessorizing their business ideas with beautiful social media feeds, high-end photo shoots and strong branding campaigns.
But when it comes to the action part of the equation, there’s a real lack of substance. Why this matters is that no matter how committed we may be to our purpose, it means absolutely nothing without action. In fact, if we’re aware of a problem that needs changing in the world and we do nothing about it, we become a part of the problem.
So what do I mean by taking action? Well, what I don’t mean is creating a carefully curated Instagram feed although there’s nothing wrong with that. I’m talking about having an actual action plan. Fortunately, I can help you in that department.
My 4-step action plan helps get my clients get unstuck and moving in the right direction.
Here’s how it works:
1 - Know your mission. Remember, your purpose is your WHY and your mission is your HOW (action).
2 - Seize your opportunities. Don't sleepwalk through life. Be mentally alert and present in the moment. Remember the Japanese tea ceremony saying, "Ichigo Ichie" which literally translates as “One time, one meeting.” The broader meaning is that “This happens once in a lifetime – be present and treasure it.” Don't miss out on your opportunities!
3 - Know your value. In this episode, we talk about the difference between your "worth" and your "value". You are absolutely priceless as a human being; your worth actually can't be measured. But your "value" can be measured based on your years of experience, your reputation, your level of proficiency and (very important) what the market is willing to pay for your product or services.
4 - Evaluate your progress. Use SMART goals to evaluate your actions along the way. SMART stands for Specific Measurable Attainable Realistic and Timely. Don't wait until your product or service is perfect; just take it to market, and the market will perfect your product.
There are more details on each of the above points in the episode, so be sure to listen in!
If you enjoyed this episode, I’d love for you to take a screen shot and share it to your Instagram feed – and be sure to tag @PowerYourPlatform when you do! We always enjoy sharing listener posts. Until next time, remember to own your story, follow your purpose and raise your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear your story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today's episode, I'm introducing you to the StoryPATH, a simple framework that I created to help my clients clarify what they speak about, who they speak to and why.
For nearly 20 years, I’ve worked with hundreds of women just like you to build their story brands and propel them onto their purpose-driven platform. To do this takes a plan, and fortunately for you, I’ve got a great place for you to start today.
The StoryPATH Framework consists of four key elements: purpose, action, traction and habit. P.A.T.H. Yup, that spells path for the smart kids in the class.
So today I’d like to focus on the first part of the Story PATH which is purpose.
Now stay with me here: a lot has already been said and written and recorded about finding your purpose. I get that. But today’s episode isn’t about finding your purpose, it’s about following it.
Because purpose – and just not passion – is what we need to follow if we are going to make an impact on this world with our gifts, knowledge and expertise. Waking up in the morning and knowing WHY we’re doing something will compel us to do it, even when we feel discouraged and completely unmotivated. Trust me, I’ve faced a lot of mornings like that in my own life.
Without knowing why we’re doing something, procrastination can easily set in. But when we know our purpose and who is waiting for us to take action, then we’re able to set aside the distractions and prioritize what really matters. One of the best ways I’ve found to crystalize what your true purpose is, is to think about it as your rebel cry.
There’s a great book called 3 Word Rebellion by Dr. Michelle Mazur that talks about taking a good, hard look at the things you want to change about the world and figuring out how YOU can play a part in that change. I really do think that’s the key.
So here’s an exercise I highly recommend.
Ask yourself the following 3 questions and record your answers in your Story Journal.
1 is What’s one thing that’s driving me crazy about the world today?
2 is What’s one thing that’s breaking my heart?
And #3 - What’s one change I’m praying to see happen within my own lifetime?
To hear how I answered those questions, listen to the full episode. Once you discover your rebel cry, let me know by tagging @poweryourplatform on Instagram or sending me a DM. I'd love to hear from you!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
Today, I’m going to talk about the 3 ways you can get the most out of this – or any – podcast.
Has there ever been a time in your life when someone shared a piece of advice with you that seemed tailor-made for the struggle you were facing at that moment? Maybe their words of wisdom steered you clear of a bad relationship or helped you make a better business decision. If you’re anything like me, that positive word of advice probably made you stop in your tracks and say –ohhhhhh! I get it now. Why didn’t I see that before?
We’ve all experienced those aha moments – the flashes of understanding that suddenly clear up a soupy, mess of a problem we’ve probably been dealing with way too long. I live for those moments, don’t you? But here’s the thing. We never know where they’ll come from next. And that’s why we always need to be paying attention. Some people call it being mindful or self-aware. But whatever you call it, if you’re not watching and listening carefully to what’s happening around you, even the brightest moments can pass you by.
So here’s the thing: when you’re listening to this podcast – or any podcast for that matter – I’ve got 3 quick tips to help you focus in and get the most out of your listening time.
1 - Move your body while you listen. – Whether it’s walking the dog or weeding your garden or doing the dishes, there’s something powerful that takes place inside our brains when we move.
2 - Hit the pause button. - Taking the time to pause and reflect can help our brains better process what’s being said. And what’s more – by repeating it, we’re more likely to remember it. And if we remember it, we’re more likely to take action.
3 - Get the notes! I know it’s hard to jot down ideas when you’re moving like I suggested in Tip #1– but don’t worry! The key takeaways for every Power Your Platform episode are captured in the show notes. So all you need to do is check them out.
If you enjoyed this mini-episode, feel free to take a screen shot and share it to your Instagram feed – and be sure to tag @PowerYourPlatform when you do! We always enjoy sharing listener posts.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today’s episode, we’re going to dive into the stories we tell ourselves. I don’t have a crystal ball, but I predict this one is gonna get you thinking.
Can you think of a story that’s been rolling around like a marble inside your own mind about who you are and how much you’re capable of?
Chances are, you’re carrying around some stories that other people have told you as well about who you are and what’s right for your life. Often these stories come in the form of expectations of how others see our lives unfolding.
Parents and family members have a particularly strong influence when it comes to creating the stories we carry around inside our heads. They may be projecting their own fears on us about risking too much or dreaming too big or steering us clear from unknown paths because “no one else in our family has ever done it that way”.
Without realizing it, those stories in our heads create success barriers. Thankfully, not all of the stories inside our heads are necessarily negative ones. Maybe we were encouraged to do great things and live bold lives. Maybe the story inside our mind is that we’re here for a purpose – to help others and add value to the world. Those are great story lines and we need to continue carrying with us. But what about the others? How do we replace the negative stories in our heads with positive ones?
Here are four tips I offer my clients who are facing this challenge:
1 – Pay attention to your thoughts. Listen closely to the stories you’re telling yourself day in and day out. Notice when the stories you’re repeating to yourself aren’t serving you anymore. Think about where those stories originated. Are they still true today? Were they ever true? Reflect on which stories need to be revised and which stories can stay if you are to move ahead in your success journey.
2 – Dare to flip the script. What would the story inside your head look like if it were the complete opposite? For instance, if you’re telling yourself like I did that you belong behind the scenes, what if the opposite were true and you actually belong front and centre? What would that new story look like in your life? If the story you tell yourself is that no one in your family has ever started a business before, imagine the opposite to be true: imagine yourself being the first person in your family to lead a highly successful company that employs other smart and capable individuals to make real change in the world.
3 – Remind yourself of your new story constantly so it begins to take root in your mind. Say it out loud to yourself. Write it out in short form on post-it notes and put them in places you won’t be able to miss. Share your new vision with someone in your life that you can trust – not for their approval necessarily, but so you can hear yourself telling a new story about your own life. With time, you’ll start to believe it too.
And finally #4 – Look around for role models. Who are the other people around you who have changed their own story? How did they flip the script? Where possible, reach out and learn from them. If they can do it, so can you!
If you enjoyed this episode, I’d love for you to take a screen shot and share it to your Instagram feed – and be sure to tag @PowerYourPlatform when you do! We always enjoy sharing listener posts. Until next time, remember to raise your voice, speak your truth and make your mark. Because the world is waiting to hear your story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
Web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In today’s episode, we’re going to get to know a lot more about YOU and your storytelling stage! Specifically, we want to find out: are you a Story Starter, a Story Builder or a Story Pro?
We’ll even give you a link to a quiz to help you decide which storytelling stage you’re at, PLUS a FREE tool to help get you started no matter where you fit in.
One thing my clients hear me say all the time is that the world needs to hear your story. And it really can’t wait any longer.
That’s why I work closely with the women in my world to help them get clear on what their message is, how they can get that message in front of the people who need hear it, and finally how they can get paid to deliver their signature story.
I really do believe there’s never been a more important time for women’s voices to be heard than right now. So we really can’t waste another day of sitting around and waiting for someone else to step up. That someone else is you and me, sister. We’re it! This is OUR TIME. Now I get it - it can be hard to know where to start.
It’s actually kind of overwhelming to think about creating a signature story and putting it out there for the rest of the world to see. Am I right?
So in this episode, I’m going to introduce you to three Storytelling Stages today which I call the Story Starter, the Story Builder and the Story Pro.
I hope that by the end of today’s episode, you’ll have a clearer picture of where you fit in to the storytelling continuum and what your next moves are to help you build momentum.
So listen in -- and don't forget to take our FREE QUIZ that will get you more free resources to help support you on your storytelling journey! Are you ready for it? Let's turn up the volume and dive in now!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
If you’re looking to build a powerful story that builds meaningful connections with your audience and ultimately inspire them to take action, then you’ve come to the right place. Because in today’s episode, we’ll be exploring the three mindset habits you’ll need to embrace as you embark on your own StoryPATH.
Mindset is hands-down the biggest story blocker for the women I work with – and I’ve worked with hundreds.
That’s why I created the StoryPATH framework for my clients when I realized that many of them were getting overwhelmed by the idea of sharing their own story and making an impact on their audience.
If you want to learn more about this specific framework, you should definitely listen in to the upcoming episodes where I’ll be explaining in greater depth what the StoryPATH is all about, how to break it down into sections, and how to apply it to your own life or business.
But for today, what I can tell you is that your StoryPATH is the roadmap you develop that weaves your personal and professional experiences into the key message you’re delivering to your audience, no matter which platform you’re using.
To do this, it takes focus and commitment – and that’s why today’s episode explores the three transformational mindset practices that will help you flourish once you step onto your own StoryPATH.
So let’s take a look at each of these daily habits one at a time:
Number one is to learn to trust your gut.
The best way to tune in and listen to what your gut is saying to you is first to find a time to be still and quiet during each day. I know I know -- the moms with toddlers are bent over with uncontrollable laughter right now. And I hear you, sister. I promise you – I’ve been there. But building in quiet time for ourselves – even if it’s just 5 minutes in the shower – is absolutely key to hearing where our inner GSP is directing us, and ultimately following its lead.
The second daily habit we need to develop before we embark on our StoryPATH is spotting the clues along the way.
Studies have shown that women tend to absorb more information through their senses and tuck it away in their brain for future use more than men tend to do. I like to think of this as our inner Nancy Drew. We’re always noticing and picking up on the clues in the room that others tend to overlook. These clues are the key to understanding our audience, reading a room, knowing which language to use and which to avoid, and knowing when to hold space for larger emotions that may be at play.
The third daily mindset practice we need to develop before we start out on our own StoryPATH is the practice of forward momentum.
Yes, there are times when we need to rest. But that doesn’t mean we need to quit. Setting daily micro-goals helps ensure we keep moving forward, even when we don’t feel like we’re making any real progress.
So there you have them. The three daily mindset practices I highly recommend as you get ready to build your StoryPATH in the upcoming episodes of this podcast.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
In this episode, we're talking about what the heck it means to be a Story Coach!
If you’re flying solo when it comes to creating your own purpose-driven platform, then you probably already know the value of having a wing woman at your side: someone to act as a sounding board, to keep you accountable and get you back on you on track when you get shiny object syndrome.
A Story Coach does all that and more.
Michelle Obama once said, “Your story is what you have, what you will always have. It is something to own.” Talk about a mic drop moment.
Because owning your story truly is the key to succeeding in everything you do. Why? Because it creates authenticity which basically means that it help you get comfortable with who you are, and being your true self around other people. This is particularly true when it comes to building a personal or professional brand.
The challenge is articulating your story in a clear way that connects you with your audience and inspires them to take action. And that’s where a Story Coach comes in.
Over the past 20 years, I’ve helped hundreds of women like you get out of their head and onto their own purpose-driven platform. Because without a platform, your story will never have the full impact it’s intended to have.
Think of it like speaking into a microphone for hours and hours, only discover that the microphone is actually on mute. So in other words, working with a Story Coach is like turning up the volume on your message so even the people in the back of the room can hear what you’re saying.
If I was going to highlight the top three advantages of working with a Story Coach here’s what I’d say:
1 – A Story Coach helps you get clear on the message you were born to share.
2 – A Story Coach helps you package that story in a way that resonates with others.
And #3 – A Story Coach can help get you figure out which audience you were born to serve, and how to get in front of that audience. So thanks for listening in today!
If you enjoyed this episode, I’d love for you to take a screen shot and share it to your Instagram feed – and be sure to tag @PowerYourPlatform when you do! We always enjoy sharing listener posts. Until next time, remember to own your story, follow your purpose and raise your voice. Because the world is waiting to hear your story.
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe
So this is it: the launch of my new podcast and (I really hope)... a new movement!
Because let’s be honest: there has never been a more important time for women’s voices to be heard.
And not just any voice. YOUR VOICE.
Because you’ve got a story the world needs to hear.
But if you’re not stepping into all you were made to be and serving the people you’re meant to serve, there’s a huge gaping hole in the universe - -and coincidentally, that gaping hole is just your size. It’s the space that you’re meant to fill with the story you’re meant to tell and no one else can do it except you. Deep down inside, I think you know I’m right. Otherwise, probably you wouldn’t still be listening to this podcast trailer right now.
My gut tells me that you have a story that needs to be shared. Even without meeting you, I know you’ve had experiences that have made you who you are today, and that you’ve learned a ton of lessons along the way that could save other people time, money, struggle, heartache and energy. All you need is someone to show you the ropes. And that’s where this podcast comes in.
For the past 20 years, I’ve worked with hundreds of women entrepreneurs, speakers and students from around the globe -- and I’ve gotten really familiar with some of the common roadblocks that keep us from making bold moves and owning our story. When it comes to stepping out from behind-the-scenes and onto centerstage, many of us face a giant list of common fears and struggles. And those struggles can stand in the way of our success. I’m a big believer that if you can see, you can be it.
That’s why the Power Your Platform podcast series is designed to showcase the stories of women like you -- who had an idea of how their story could make an impact. And guess what? They faced exactly the same human fears that we all face. The difference? They took action. And that action led to momentum, and today, they are changemakers. Listen. We may have never met. But I think I know you. Because I am you. Or at least, I think a lot like you.
Because we both share a human brain and those brains are designed to protect us against all odds. They’re meant to shield us from the unknown and hold us back from uncertain situations. But if you’re equipped with the right tools and strategies to help you uncover and tell your story, there’s nothing stopping you from building your purpose-driven platform and becoming an unstoppable force for good in the world.
In this podcast series, we’ll talk to women who have overcome ordinary and extraordinary obstacles. We’ll walk together through the process of discovering your unique story path and identify the key elements that will help you connect with the audience you were born to serve. Because when you start to share the common parts of your human experience, there’s always someone in the room who can relate. And when we relate to each other, we learn from each other.
And when we learn from each other, we get better. We learn shortcuts that help us navigate our way through life. And here’s the exciting news: are you ready for it? People are willing to pay for those shortcuts.
And that’s the third part of this podcast series. Building a business around a purpose-driven platform is a reality right now for hundreds of thousands of people around the globe. So why not you?
Don’t worry, we’ll get into all the mind drama around the money struggle too including how to price your services – you won’t want to miss that either!
-
Story Starters
-
Story Builders
-
Story Pros See you next time!
LINK:
PowerHER Platform web site
Welcome to Power Your Platform, the podcast for women who are building bold story brands! I’m your host and Story Coach, Kerry Ramsay!
Each week, we’ll explore big ideas about brand building and shine a spotlight on courageous women just like YOU who are owning their story, following their purpose and changing the world. Whether you’re a Story Starter, a Story Builder or a Story Pro, this podcast is for you!
I’ll help you move your mindset from uncertain to unstoppable and provide you with the storytelling tools you need to make a real impact.
Because we all have a story to tell. And somewhere, someone is waiting to hear yours.
Join us each week for inspiring interviews, aha moments and step-by-step action plans that will provide the framework to help you create your very own purpose-driven platform. Are you with me? It’s time to power up!
EPISODE LINKS:
Power Your Platform Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/569102257443807
PowerHER Platform web site - https://www.powerherplatform.com/
Subscribe to our Story Fuel Newsletter - https://www.powerherplatform.com/subscribe